Course

Alabama APRN Bundle

 Course Highlights


  • In this Alabama APRN Bundle course, we will learn how to recognize the importance of the many telemetry devices used and identify how these devices impact patient care. 
  • You’ll also learn how to identify hypertension treatment clinical practice guidelines.
  • You’ll leave this course with a broader understanding  of the neurobiological and pathophysiological mechanisms underlying migraines.

About

Contact Hours Awarded: 24

Including 6 Pharmacology Contact Hours

Course By:

Various Authors

Begin Now

Read Course  |  Complete Survey  |  Claim Credit

 

Telemetry Basics - Rhythm Recognition

Introduction   

To truly understand telemetry, nurses must have knowledge about the anatomy of the heart and how electricity passes through it, how the electrocardiograph (EKG) works to receive and record the electrical activity, and how this information is transmitted via telemetry to the appropriate receiving device.

Defined as the transmission of instrumental readings by various methods such as radio waves or wires, telemetry gathers and transmits EKG readings to a central or remote monitor for interpretation and storage (71). The ability to read EKG rhythms from a variety of monitors consists of more than looking at a rhythm strip and identifying the rhythm. It consists of knowing the anatomy of the heart, how electricity travels through it and translates into the EKG we know, and what changes can happen based on injury, electrolytes, or other causes.

Heart Anatomy 101

As we know, the heart consists of four chambers, two atria—right atria (RA) and left atria (LA)—and two ventricles—right ventricle (RV) and left ventricle (LV)—working in a cycle to ensure adequate blood flow occurs. The heart receives blood from the inferior and superior vena cava (IVC and SVC) and enters the RA, moves to the RV, passes through the pulmonary artery (PA) and lungs, returns to the LA, enters the LV, and exits the heart through the aorta.

Heart cells, known as myocytes, are negatively charged, or “polarized” at rest. When these muscle cells contract, they become “depolarized” or positively charged. But how do the myocytes know when to contract? Less than 1% of the cells in the heart have a special role and name. These are known as the pacemaker cells and their role is to ensure that the heart beats. This is done through the action potential that is spontaneously created by the pacemaker cells. Some of these pacemaker cells have different speeds in depolarization, meaning that the fastest pacemaker cells are the ones controlling the speed. This will make more sense later when discussing specific cardiac rhythms (69).

Starting in the right atria, the sinoatrial node (SA node) is the primary group of pacemaker cells that determines the heart rhythm. The SA node, as well as the other pacemaker cells within the heart, progress through a rapid depolarization and repolarization process (2).

Pacemaker cells do not have a true resting potential, this means they are always in an “unstable” state to create spontaneous action potential. The action potential is the brief reversal of polarity in the cell; polarity consists of potassium (K+) in the cell with a negative charge, while sodium (Na+) and calcium (Ca++) are outside of the cell with a positive charge (2).

Starting at the beginning of the cardiac cycle the pacemaker cells always have a membrane potential or voltage—the voltage of the cellular membrane as a result of permeability and concentrations of ions inside and outside the cell—of -60 microvolts (mV). From -60mV to -50mV the channels within the cells open, leading to a slow influx of Na+ inside the cell and a slow depolarization of the cell. Once the membrane voltage has reached the minimum threshold of -50mV the Ca++ channels open, causing Ca++ to move into the cell. This is known as the rising depolarization phase. The membrane voltage reaches the peak and the next thing that happens is the falling repolarization phase. This is where the K+ channels open to return the cell to a repolarized state (2).

 

(20)

 

Once these steps have occurred, the energy is transferred to surrounding cells, and the cardiac cycle continues. However, the action potential in the other myocytes is slightly different. Myocytes have a resting potential, which is different from the pacemaker cells. The resting potential is around -90mV and these cells only start the depolarization process when stimulated by an external force. During the end of the pacemaker cell’s action potential phase, additional Ca++ is passed into the neighboring myocytes through gap junctions. The introduction of Ca++ into the cell causes a sharp rise in the membrane voltage that approaches the threshold which is -70mVs. Once that threshold has been reached, the NA+ fast channels open and a rapid depolarization occurs since Na+ is brought into the cell. The Ca++ slow channels open at -40mVs, further causing depolarization with Ca++ entering the cell (2).

At the peak of cellular depolarization, the Na+ channels close, leading to a slight repolarization through some K+ entering the cell. This is minor as the Ca++ channel is still open and continues to move K+ out of the cell. A plateau is created because of this and allows for the cell to go through two important phases. The first phase starts when the membrane voltage increases from the resting potential and continues until the plateau phase ends. This is known as the absolute refractory period and is where the myocytes relax before they can respond to additional stimuli. It prevents summation and tetanus which could lead to the heart not beating. The second phase is where additional Ca++ is pulled out of the sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR) to further push K+ out of the cell (2).

The phase ends when the Ca++ channel closes, extra Ca++ is sent back to the SR, and K+ is allowed back into the cell. The sodium/potassium pump allows Na+ to exit the cell, returning the cell to its resting potential. This rapid process occurs in every myocyte for the life of the cell. Pacemaker cells are the only cells that can generate a heartbeat. Impulses from the nervous system can increase or decrease the heart rate, but they are influencing the pacemaker cell to generate more beats, not creating them (2).

It is important to note that there are several sets of pacemaker cells within the heart. The SA node starts the process, but there are a few others spaced out along the electricity’s path to ensure that the atria and ventricles of the heart have time to fill and properly contract. The second set of pacemaker cells is the atrioventricular node (AV node) where a slight delay of 0.01-0.05 meters per second (m/s) happens to make sure that the ventricles fill up adequately. The bundle of His takes the electric impulse to the left and right bundle branches and from there, the Purkinje Fibers are triggered. These fibers have a speed of 2-4 m/s to provide enough force to eject the blood from the ventricles (69).

Correlating all of this back to telemetry, scientific development within the medical profession has allowed us to visualize this electrical activity and translate it into an effective method of diagnosing cardiac conditions such as abnormal heart rates or cell death.

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. Reflecting on what you know and what you have learned so far, what information would you consider important to know when it comes to reading EKGs or telemetry strips?
  2. What information, if any, was surprising to you in regard to the action potential of the pacemaker cells?
  3. Why do you think the pacemaker cells start with a voltage or an action potential?

Types of Telemetry

EKG

There are many ways to view cardiac rhythms now, however, the oldest method is the EKG. During the late 1700s, the Italian physician Luigi Galvani was experimenting with electricity and animal tissue. His experiments spanned at least three decades and inspired other physicians during and after his time. Using legs removed from the bodies of frogs, Galvani theorized that “animal electric fluid” enabled the muscles within the legs to move when touched by metals; according to him, this was “natural” fluid and not created as static electricity or friction is. He went on to theorize that the brain is an essential part of creating the “electric fluid” with nerves as the conductors (6).

Jumping forward to 1842, Doctor Carlo Matteucci made a significant contribution to EKGs. During his time researching electrical detection in animals, he discovered the electrical currents within the heart that accompany each heartbeat. Thirty-five years after Matteucci, Augustus Waller was able to use a capillary electrometer and electrodes to perform the first human EKG. These electrodes were placed on the chest and back of the participant and were vital in demonstrating there was electrical activity that preceded the contraction of the ventricles. William Bayliss and Edward Starling improved upon Waller’s research by using improved capillary electrometers to demonstrate triphasic cardiac electrical activity (1).

The Dutch physician most noted for creating the EKG known today was Doctor Willem Einthoven. He was inspired by Waller and those before him to improve the capillary electrometer, successfully identifying five deflections that were initially named ABCDE. Having to factor for inertia, Einthoven implemented mathematic correlation, resulting in the traditional EKG rhythm strips we use today with the letters PQRST depicted in the image below. Einthoven is also responsible for coining the word electrocardiogram or electrokardiogram in Dutch. This is where providers get the “k” in EKG from (1).

While Waller’s EKG utilized ten electrodes, Einthoven was able to condense that number to three, eliminating the right leg and the mouth electrodes. These three leads created Einthoven’s triangle; an important concept still used today and that will be discussed later. All of Einthoven's work resulted in him being awarded the Nobel Prize in Physiology and Medicine in 1924 (1).

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. What do you know of the history of the EKG and telemetry? Was there anything new you learned?
  2. What process of developing the EKG interested you the most? Why?
  3. Do you think there is more that can be done to improve EKG? If so, what do you think could be done?
Bedside Monitor

Emergency departments (ED), intensive care units (ICU), and other specialized areas that require continuous monitoring of a patient’s EKG and vital signs utilize various bedside monitors to ensure they are receiving accurate, real-time information on the patient. Cords are used to connect the patient to the monitor. The electrodes to display and document cardiac rhythm and heart rate are applied to patients in the standard 5 lead placement displayed in the below image. The vitals displayed on the monitor can also be displayed outside the room on a screen with multiple patients. Nurses, paramedics, or trained telemetry monitor technicians can watch many of these monitors at a time.

 

(14)

 

The placement of the five leads consists of the following:

  • RA: 2nd intercostal space, anterior axillary on the right – some providers may put this lead higher on the chest or on the right arm
  • LA: 2nd intercostal space, anterior axillary on the left – some providers may put this lead higher on the chest or on the left arm
  • RL: 8th intercostal space, anterior axillary on the right – some providers may put this lead lower on the abdomen
  • LL: 8th intercostal space, anterior axillary on the left – some providers may put this lead lower on the abdomen
  • V: 4th intercostal space, right margin of the sternum

Note: Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for specific lead placement.

Helpful Tip: Many healthcare providers quickly remember lead placement based on color is smoke (black) over fire (red) and snow (white) over grass (green). This leaves brown (chocolate) in the middle.

These bedside monitors can monitor pulse oximetry, respiratory rate, temperature, capnography, blood pressure, and arterial pressure. Some devices may have other unique monitoring features. These monitors may be portable or have a way to transfer the cords to a transport monitor. They come with alarms that can be adjusted based on the patient’s unique vital signs or hospital policy.

First responders have similar devices they use when transporting patients with the added benefit of having a defibrillator and a real-time feedback device built in (91).

 

Remote Monitoring

Remote cardiac monitoring is similar to bedside monitoring; however, the EKG rhythm, heart rate, and pulse oximetry are not displayed at the bedside. Instead, they are displayed in a different location, sometimes a monitor room, where a trained professional is watching many patients. When they recognize an abnormal rhythm, they will contact the appropriate staff to assess the patient. They may call for the leads to be removed, a change in rhythm, or a low battery.

The EKG leads are placed the same way as the bedside monitor leads are placed (always be sure to consult the manufacturer’s instructions). The information is transmitted wirelessly via wireless medical telemetry service (WMTS) from the “tele box,” but the leads must be wired to the box. WMTS does not use Wi-Fi and protects transmissions from Wi-Fi interference (48).

 

Mobile Cardiac Monitor and Event Monitor

A mobile cardiac or event monitor is a device attached to the skin that can perform continuous or event-specific monitoring. This device is attached to the patient’s chest near the heart and records when activated. This device is smaller than other portable cardiac monitoring devices like the Holter Monitor which will be discussed later. Information can be transmitted to the monitoring center to be reviewed by trained staff and/or artificial intelligence. Abnormalities like tachycardia, bradycardia, atrial fibrillation, or cardiac pauses are reported to a physician. The patient may or may not know about the rhythm abnormalities occurring as some patients are asymptomatic (18).

Event monitoring consists of the following methods (23):

  • Patch monitor: depending on the manufacturer, the device is stuck to the chest and left on for a designated period of time.
  • Loop memory monitor: the sensors always stay on the patient and the patient activates the devices to begin recording when symptoms occur in addition to a few minutes before the event starts and after it ends. There is an implanted option as well.
  • Symptom event monitor: Patients place the monitor on them and activate it like a patch monitor, but only when symptoms start.

 

Insertable Monitor

Insertable or implantable cardiac monitors are just like mobile and event monitors, but they are surgically inserted into the patient. They perform the same actions, but there is an added benefit to these devices. If the patient has worn an external device in the past and has known cardiac arrhythmias, they may have an implanted cardioverter-defibrillator (ICD) inserted to detect and treat the abnormal rhythm. These devices are connected to the heart via wires (they may be placed in the right atria, the right ventricle, or both) and are operated by batteries that do need to be changed per manufacture direction. Patients and providers should be aware of magnets, or electrical signals from other devices that can interfere with the insertable device (61).

Healthcare providers can “interrogate” ICDs or pacemakers with a device created by the monitor’s manufacturer. When interrogated, the device’s information is transmitted to a monitor center who calls the provider to give them a verbal report of what the device has recorded; a paper copy is often faxed to the provider as well. Some newer interrogation devices may display the information of the device on the screen.

 

Holter Monitor

As mentioned with mobile cardiac monitors, the Holter monitor is another wearable device that can be used to monitor and diagnose cardiac arrhythmias outside of the hospital setting. This device consists of five electrodes and a monitor that the patient can wear or carry on them. It is similar to the remote telemetry devices used in the inpatient hospital setting as shown in the next image. Patients wear this device for a short time, and information is not transmitted to a monitor technician. Instead, information collected is sent to a monitoring center where it is interpreted and sent to the physician (58).

As covered in this section, there are many options for cardiac telemetry monitoring, and providers may encounter many types of them. It is important to know these devices and how they operate.

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. What types of telemetry/EKGs are you most familiar with? Which ones would you like to know more about?
  2. Are there any parts of the devices mentioned above that you have never heard of before?
  3. Out of all the devices which one do you like best? Which device do you not like?
  4. What devices do you think could be improved and how would you suggest improving them?

Lead Placement

Now that we have discussed the types of telemetry monitoring devices that are available, it is time to discuss how to properly place the EKG leads on a 12 lead, 15 lead, right-sided EKG, and where to place the V4R lead.

 

12 Lead EKG

For the 12 lead EKG, providers should start with the four limb leads (14):

  • RA: On the upper or lower right arm
  • LA: On the upper or lower left arm
  • RL: on the upper or lower right leg
  • LL: on the upper or lower left leg

From there, the six pericardial leads are placed strategically around the chest to create a partial circle around the heart (14):

  • V1: 4th intercostal space, right margin of the sternum (this is lead V on the 5 lead EKG)
  • V2: 4th intercostal space, left margin of the sternum
  • V3: sits midway between leads V2 and V4 on the left
  • V4: 5th intercostal space, mid-clavicular line on the left
  • V5: 5th intercostal space, anterior axillary line on the left (aligned horizontally with V4, between V4 and V6) on the left
  • V6: 5th intercostal space, mid-axillary line on the left (aligned horizontally with V4)

 

15 Lead EKG

The 15 lead EKG uses the same leads as the 12 lead EKG, but it adds V7, V8, and V9, known as the posterior leads, to encompass the posterior angles of the heart (14):

  • V7: left posterior axillary line (aligned horizontally with V6, across from V5)
  • V8: tip of the left scapula (aligned horizontally with V6, across from V4)
  • V9: left of the spinal column (aligned horizontally with V6, across from V3)

 

Right Sided EKG

The right-sided EKG is important to rule out the diagnosis of a right-sided myocardial infarction (MI) or ischemia in or out while treating a patient. Lead placement is the same for the four limb leads, but the 6 precordial leads are flipped (14):

  • V1: 4th intercostal space, left margin of the sternum
  • V2: 4th intercostal space, right margin of the sternum (this is lead V on the 5 lead EKG)
  • V3: sits midway between leads V2 and V4
  • V4: 5th intercostal space, mid-clavicular line on the right
  • V5: 5th intercostal space, anterior axillary line on the right (aligned horizontally with V4, between V4 and V6)
  • V6: 5th intercostal space, mid-axillary line on the right (aligned horizontally with V4)

 

V4R Lead Placement

A full right-sided EKG is not always needed. Lead V4 on the right side of the heart is the most important lead when it comes to determining an MI on the right side of the heart (14):

  • V1, V2, V3, V5, V6: same placement as the 12 and 15 lead EKGs.
    • V4 is removed and placed on the right side of the chest
  • V4R: 5th intercostal space, mid-clavicular line on the right (Where it is located on a complete right sided EKG)
    • The “R” stands for right to ensure that those reading the EKG are aware that lead is on the right while the rest are located on the left side of the chest.

 

Limb Leads

Now that lead placement has been covered, we can now discuss how lead placement shows different parts of the heart.

Leads I, II, III, AVR, AVL, and AVF are considered limb leads when reading the EKG. It is important to note that the right leg lead is the grounding electrode and does not affect the EKG (83). Leads I, II, and III leads form a triangle over the chest known as Einthoven’s Triangle as reflected in the below image. Lead I always has negative polarity while lead III always has positive polarity. Lead II’s polarity depends on what side of the triangle is being discussed. If we are looking at lead I on the EKG, then lead II is positive, but if we are looking at lead III, then lead II is negative (82).

The importance of what leads are negative and positive comes from how electricity travels through the heart. It starts on the right side and moves to the left, so it would make sense for lead I to have negative polarity while leads II and III are positively charged (82). This is also why the height of a PQRST complex changes based on what lead is being looked at on an EKG as reflected below.

Augmented or unipolar leads AVR, AVL, and AVF have the heart as the negative electrode and the limb leads are the positive electrodes. AVR goes from the heart to the right arm lead, AVL goes from the heart to the left arm lead, and AVF goes from the heart to the left leg lead. Just as discussed with leads I, II, and III, the path of the electricity in the heart determines how the PQRST complex appears on the rhythm strip (82). Lead II is the preferred strip to read by providers due to the best view of the rhythm due to the way electricity travels through the heart and how lead II follows that path by starting at the right shoulder and going to the left leg.

The chest leads, V1 – V9, create a circle around the heart on a horizontal plane. These leads are unipolar as well, with the heart being the negative electrode. Multiple views of the heart are captured because of the many leads placed along the patient’s body. This can give providers valuable knowledge on what areas of the heart may be affected. The next image gives a visual depiction of how the leads display their view of the heart.

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. What lead do you think is the most beneficial in reading EKGs? Why do you think that?
  2. What lead do you prefer to use when reading EKGs? What makes that your “go-to” lead?
  3. If you could make a policy on EKGs, would you include what type of EKG should be done on patients? Would all patients with chest pain get a 15 lead EKG instead of 12?
  4. Do you think that one type of EKG is better than the other? Or do they all have their specific uses and benefits?

Reading EKGs: EKG Components

To be able to interpret EKGs successfully, nurses must first have knowledge about the EKG components displayed on the EKG strips and how each part correlates to a part of a single heartbeat.

 

P wave

The P wave is the first deflection from the isoelectric line or baseline. Correlating this to the heart, this is where the atria depolarize or contract. The contraction of the right atria starts at the beginning of the P wave while the contraction of the left atria begins in the middle and end of it. Normal P waves are apparent between 120 and 200 milliseconds (msec) before the upward deflection of the QRS complex (44)

 

PR Interval

The next part of the PQRST complex is the PR interval. The interval symbolized the time between the depolarization of the atria and the depolarization of the ventricle. The normal speed is 120 to 200 msec (44).

 

PR Segment

Next is the PR segment. This is similar to the PR interval but starts at the end of the P wave and ends at the start of the Q wave. This line is important because if there is a deviation from the isoelectric line, it could indicate a cardiac rhythm abnormality like Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome which will be discussed later. The EKG may have a “slurred” upstroke from the P to R points on the EKG, making the Q wave appear to be on the isoelectric line. This is because the ventricles were stimulated or excited early, leading to a shortened PR interval. The “slurred” area is known as a delta wave (13).

 

QRS Complex

The QRS complex is where the ventricles depolarize and contract. The first downward deflection of the beat is the Q wave that lasts for < 0.05 seconds. It is present in all leads save for V1 and V3 due to the angle of the vector. The R wave is the upward deflection of the complex. R waves do not have a set height, but severely elevated R waves can be an indicator of ventricular hypertrophy. The second downward deflection is the S wave. Overall, the QRS complex is 0.07 to 0.10 seconds long and variations to this time can be an indicator of abnormal heart rhythms (17).

 

ST Segment

The ST segment starts when the S wave ends by returning to the isoelectric line and ends when the T wave begins. This period represented the completion of ventricular depolarization (17). The ST segment lasts 0.08 seconds to 0.12 seconds (51).

 

T Wave

The final wave in the standard EKG components is the T wave. This wave symbolizes the ventricles repolarizing. Inverted T waves can be an indication of past or current infections. A peaked T wave—as opposed to the normal curved T wave—can be caused by hypocalcemia, hyperkalemia, and left ventricular hypertrophy (17). The T wave runs from 0.01 seconds to 0.25 seconds (51).

 

The image below depicts the components of an EKG with labels to assist with understanding how the waves appear.

 

(4)

 

Reading EKGs: EKG Paper

The EKG paper has sets of squares, 25 little squares within one larger square. The smaller squares symbolize 0.04 seconds making the larger square 0.20 seconds. A single small square is 1mm while the large square is 5mm, this is because the larger square is five small squares tall.

 

(15)

 

Some EKG strips are presented in a six second format. To determine if the strip is a six-second, you must count the larger boxes. 30 larger boxes are required for the strip to be six seconds. Some may even have second markers that symbolize one second of time passed.

The 12 lead EKG can be more challenging to read and is often used to make an overall observation about the patient’s heart rate and rhythm. It can provide more information to providers than a single lead strip can. 

As discussed previously, the leads are placed along the path of the heart, and providers can determine what part of the heart may be affected by knowing what leads are placed where.

 

Lead Location
II, III, AVF Inferior
I, AVL, V5, V6 Lateral
V2, V3, V4 Anterior
V1, AVR Right atrium, left ventricle

(51)

 

Now that we have discussed leads, lead placement, the PQRST complex, and EKG paper, it is time to cover different cardiac rhythms that you may encounter.

Quiz Questions

Self Quiz

Ask yourself...

  1. What parts of the PQRST complex may not appear on the EKG strip?
  2. How do you remember what leads are associated with each part of the heart?
  3. What are some ways you can quickly determine heart rate using an EKG strip?
  4. Is there a part of the PQRST complex do you think is important to pay attention to? Why do you think that?

Rhythm Recognition

Normal Sinus (41):
  • Rate: 60-100 beats per minute (bpm)
  • Conduction:
    • PR interval 120-200ms
    • QRS width 60-100ms
  • P wave morphology:
    • The maximum height of the P wave is:
      • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
    • The P wave is:
      • Positive or above the isoelectric line in II and AVF
      • Biphasic (curves above and then dips below the isoelectric line) in V1
    • Duration:
      • Less than 0.12 seconds
    • Rhythm Strip:

(29)

 

Sinus Bradycardia (87):
  • Rate: less than 60bpm
  • Conduction:
    • PR interval 120-200ms
    • QRS width 60-100ms
  • P wave morphology:
    • The maximum height of the P wave is:
      • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
    • The P wave is:
      • Positive or above the isoelectric line in II and AVF
      • Biphasic in V1
    • Rhythm Strip:

(87)

 

  • Signs and Symptoms:
    • None – depending on the patient
    • Cyanosis
    • Peripheral edema
    • Shortness of breath
    • Dizziness
    • Fatigue
    • Syncope or near syncope
    • Lightheadedness
  • Causes (not limited to):
    • Normal physiology in an athlete
    • Medications like beta-blockers
    • Ischemia
    • Heart diseases
    • Sick sinus syndrome
    • Hypothermia
    • Hypothyroidism
    • Neuro-mediated bradycardia as caused by a vasovagal reaction
    • Pericarditis
    • Hypoxia
    • Electrolyte imbalances
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic, admission for observation may be indicated
      • Medications:
        • Atropine 0.5mg every 3 to 5 minutes for a maximum dose of 3mg
        • Antidotes or reversal agents
      • Transcutaneous cardiac pacing or pacemaker
      • Return patient to a normothermic state if hypothermic

     

    Sinus Tachycardia (55):
    • Rate: greater than 100bpm but less than 150bpm
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval 120-200ms
      • QRS width 60-100ms
    • P wave morphology:
      • The maximum height of the P wave is:
        • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
      • The P wave is:
        • Positive or above the isoelectric line in II and AVF
        • Biphasic in V1
      • Rhythm Strip:

    (42)

     

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • Shortness of breath
      • Chest pain
      • Dizziness
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Lightheadedness
      • Palpitations
    • Causes:
      • Infection or sepsis
      • Medications
      • Withdrawal
      • Electrolyte imbalances
      • Blood loss or anemia
      • Dehydration
      • Hypoglycemia
      • Pulmonary embolism
      • Trauma
      • Cardiac tamponade
      • Myocarditis
      • Pregnancy
    • Treatment:
      • Medications
        • Antibiotics
        • Antidotes or reversal agents
        • Insulin
        • Electrolyte replacement
        • Fluids
        • Heparin or other anticoagulant medications
      • Blood replacement
      • Surgery
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Looking at the signs and symptoms for sinus bradycardia what other signs and symptoms have you seen with patients who present with that heart rhythm?
    2. What other causes have you seen as the reason for sinus bradycardia?
    3. With sinus tachycardia, when would you be concerned with the causes of the rhythm?
    4. Are there any other treatments you could think of for either sinus bradycardia or tachycardia?
    1st Degree AV Block (68):
    • Rate: 60-100 beats per minute (bpm)
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval greater than 0.20 seconds
    • P wave morphology:
      • The maximum height of the P wave is:
        • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
      • The P wave is:
        • Positive or above the isoelectric line in II and AVF
        • Biphasic in V1
      • A QRS complex always follows the P wave
    • Duration:
      • Less than 0.12 seconds
    • Rhythm Strip:

    (32)

     

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Fatigue
      • Shortness of breath
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Chest pain
      • Lightheadedness
    • Causes:
      • Increased vagal tones in young patients
      • Fibrotic changes in the elderly
      • Cardiac disease
      • Inflammation
      • Medications
      • Electrolyte abnormalities
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Medications
        • Antibiotics
        • Antidotes or reversal agents
        • Electrolyte replacement

     

    2nd Degree Type I AV Block (Mobitz Type 1 or Wenckebach) (60):
    • Rate: varies
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval increases with each beat, eventually “dropping off” and another P wave appears
      • “Longer, longer, drop, that’s a Wenckebach.”
    • P wave morphology:
      • The maximum height of the P wave is:
        • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
      • The P wave is:
        • Positive or above the isoelectric line in II and AVF
        • Biphasic in V1
      • Rhythm Strip:

    (27)

     

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Fatigue
      • Shortness of breath
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Chest pain
      • Lightheadedness
    • Causes:
      • Increased vagal tones
      • Cardiomyopathy
      • Myocardial infarction
      • Cardiac surgery
      • Electrolyte abnormalities
      • Medications
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Medications
        • Atropine if bradycardic
        • Antidotes or reversal agents
        • Electrolyte replacement

     

    2nd Degree Type II AV Block (Mobitz II) (60):
    • Rate: varies
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval varies
      • QRS width 60-100ms when present
        • QRS does not follow all P waves
      • P wave morphology:
        • The maximum height of the P wave is:
          • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
        • The P wave is:
          • Positive or above the isoelectric line in II and AVF
          • Biphasic in V1
        • Rhythm Strip:

    (40)

     

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • Fatigue
      • Shortness of breath
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Chest pain
      • Lightheadedness
      • Cardiac arrest
    • Causes:
      • Structural heart disease
      • Amyloidosis
      • lymphoma
      • Cardiac tumors
      • Transcatheter placement of valves
      • Myocardial infarction
      • Genetics
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Medications
        • Atropine does not work on these patients
        • Antidotes or reversal agents
      • Transcutaneous cardiac pacing or pacemaker since this rhythm can progress to a complete heart block or cardiac arrest

     

    3rd Degree AV Block (78):
    • Rate: varies, but usually bradycardic
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval varies
      • QRS width 60-100ms when present
      • P wave and QRS complex do not communicate (called AV disassociation)
    • P wave morphology:
      • The maximum height of the P wave is:
        • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
      • The P wave is:
        • Positive or above the isoelectric line in II and AVF
        • Biphasic in V1
      • Rhythm Strip:

    (33)

     

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • Fatigue
      • Shortness of breath
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Chest pain
      • Lightheadedness
      • Hemodynamic instability
      • Cardiac murmurs
      • Cardiac arrest
    • Causes:
      • Cardiac surgery
      • Cardiac disease
      • Medications
      • Electrolyte imbalances
      • Lyme disease
      • Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
      • Myocardial infarction
      • Systemic lupus erythematosus
      • Sarcoidosis
    • Treatment:
      • Medications
        • Atropine usually does not work, but can be administered
        • Epinephrine
        • Dopamine
        • Antidotes or reversal agents
        • Electrolyte replacement
      • Transcutaneous cardiac pacing or pacemaker
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. 2nd degree Type I and Type II can be mixed up, what are your methods for remembering how each one appears on the EKG strip?
    2. What type of AV block would lead you to provide quick intervention and why?
    3. Have you encountered a patient with any of these rhythms? What was the cause? How was it resolved, if it was?
    4. Are there any causes for these rhythms that were not listed?
    Premature Ventricular Contraction (PVC) (88):
    • Rate: varies, underlying rhythm is usually normal sinus
      • The impulse to beat comes from the ventricles, not from the SA node
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval varies, but in a regular PQRST complex PR interval is 120-200ms
      • PR interval after a PVC is longer due to the PVC and the retrograde concealed conduction goes back into the AV node junction.
      • PVC QRS width is at least 120ms but usually 160-200ms
      • Regular QRS width is 60-100ms
      • PR interval after a PVC is longer due to the PVC and the retrograde concealed conduction goes back into the AV node junction.
    • P wave morphology:
      • The maximum height of the P wave is:
        • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
      • The P wave is:
        • Positive or above the isoelectric line in II and AVF
        • Biphasic in V1
      • Rhythm Strip:
        • Monomorphic: All PVCs are shaped the same

    (38)

     

    • Biomorphic: PVCs are shaped differently

    (64)

    • Bigeminy: Every PVC is separated by one sinus beat.

    (35)

    • Trigeminy: Every PVC is separated by two sinus beats.

    (9)

    • Ventricular Couplet: Two PVC beats in a row.

    (9)

    • Ventricular Triplet: Three PVC beats in a row.

    (9)

     

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Fatigue
      • Shortness of breath
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Chest pain
      • Palpitations
      • Lightheadedness
      • Abnormal neck pulsation
      • Hemodynamic instability with frequent PVCs
      • Cardiac arrest
    • Causes:
      • Hypoxia
      • Illicit drug use
        • Amphetamines
        • Alcohol
        • Cocaine
      • Electrolyte imbalances
      • Myocarditis
      • Mitral valve prolapse
      • Hypercarbia
      • Cardiomyopathies
      • Myocardial infarction
      • Medications
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Medications
        • Beta-blockers
        • Calcium channel blockers
        • Amiodarone is for those with preexisting coronary artery diseases, but used with caution and close observation and monitoring
        • Antidotes or reversal agents
        • Electrolyte replacement
      • Cardiac ablation
      • Defibrillation if cardiac arrest occurs

     

    Premature Atrial Contractions (PAC) (54):
    • Rate: varies, underlying rhythm is usually normal sinus
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval varies, but in a regular PQRST complex PR interval is 120-200ms
      • PAC
      • Regular QRS width is 60-100ms
    • P wave morphology:
      • The maximum height of the P wave is:
        • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
      • The P wave:
        • Can be inverted
        • May be hidden in the T wave creating a hump or peaked T wave
      • These rhythms can come in the same variations as PVCs:
        • Bigeminy
        • Trigeminy
        • Couplet
        • Triplet
      • Rhythm Strip:

    (37)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Palpitations
      • Shortness of breath
      • Anxiety
      • Signs and symptoms of heart failure
      • Early or additional heart sounds
      • Pauses in rhythm
    • Causes:
      • Coronary artery disease
      • Left ventricular hypertrophy
      • Septal defects
      • Congenital heart deformities
      • Medications
        • Beta-blockers
        • Chemotherapeutic agents
      • Congestive heart failure
      • Diabetes mellitus
      • Hypertension
      • Chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder
      • Anxiety
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Avoiding triggers
      • Medications
        • Beta-adrenergic blockers
        • Antiarrhythmic agents are used with caution and close observation and monitoring
        • Antidotes or reversal agents
        • Cardiac ablation
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Between PACs and PVCs, which one would you be more concerned about? Why did you pick that rhythm?
    2. Have you encountered a patient with either of these rhythms? What treatments were ordered if any?
    Ventricular Tachycardia (V Tach) (45):
    • Rate: greater than 100bpm
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval none
      • QRS width greater than 140ms
    • P wave morphology:
      • Not present
    • Non-sustained V-Tach: three or more ventricular beats over a maximum of 30 seconds.
    • Sustained V-Tach: a run of V Tach for more than 30 seconds or less is treated by cardioversion
    • Monomorphic V-Tach: all ventricular beats look the same
    • Polymorphic V-Tach: the ventricular beats look different.
    • Biphasic V Teach: where the QRS complexes alternate with each beat.
      • Digoxin intoxication
      • Long QT syndrome
    • Rhythm Strip:
      • Monomorphic V-Tach

    (11)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • Palpitations
      • Shortness of breath
      • Chest pain
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Signs of heart failure
      • Hemodynamic instability
      • ICD shocks if the patient has one
      • Cardiac arrest
        • Also known as pulseless V-Tach
      • Causes:
        • Ischemic heart disease
        • Acute coronary artery disease
        • Myocardial scar-related reentry
        • Congenital heart deformities
        • Cardiomyopathy
        • Illicit drugs
          • Cocaine
          • Digitalis toxicity
          • Methamphetamine
        • Medications
          • Beta-blockers
          • Chemotherapeutic agents
        • Electrolyte imbalances
        • Sepsis
        • Metabolic acidosis
        • Inherited cardiac channelopathies
      • Treatment:
        • Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and defibrillation if no pulse present
        • Cardioversion if hemodynamically unstable and has a pulse
        • Treatment for myocardial infarction
        • Medications
          • Amiodarone, procainamide, sotalol
          • Antidotes or reversal agents
        • ICD
        • Cardiac ablation
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What would be the priorities when providing care to a patient with V-Tach with a pulse?
    2. If you were the only one in the room with the patient what would be your first action?
    3. Have you ever cardioverted a patient with this rhythm? What do you remember from the event?
    4. Do you think the patient should sign consent before cardioversion? Why or why not?

     

    Torsades de Pointes (V Fib) (25):
    • Rate: none
    • Conduction:
      • Polymorphic V-Tach with a prolonged QR interval
    • P wave morphology:
      • Not present
    • Rhythm Strip:

    (12)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Dizziness
      • Lightheadedness
      • Hypotension
      • Rapid pulse
      • Cardiac arrest
        • No pulse
        • Not breathing or only gasping for air
        • Loss of consciousness
      • Causes:
        • Electrolyte imbalances
        • Medications
          • Zofran causes a long QT interval (19)
        • Congenital prolonged QT:
          • Jervell and Lange-Nielsen
          • Romano-Ward syndrome
        • Bradycardia
        • Diuretic use
        • Female gender
        • Age
      • Treatment:
        • Electrolyte replacement
        • CPR and defibrillation
        • Medications
          • Epinephrine
          • Atropine
        • Cardioversion
        • Treatment of the underlying cause
    Supraventricular Tachycardia (SVT) (72):
    • Rate: Greater than 160bpm
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval not present
      • QRS width less than 120 milliseconds = narrow complex, regular SVT
      • QRS width greater than 120 milliseconds = wide complex, regular SVT
    • P wave morphology:
      • Not present
    • Rhythm Strip:
      • Narrow complex, regular SVT

    (30)

    • Wide complex, regular SVT

    (79)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Hypotension
      • Shortness of breath
      • Lightheadedness
      • Signs and symptoms of heart failure
      • Shock
    • Causes:
      • Narrow complex, regular SVT - Orthodromic reentry phenomenon (56):
        • Accessory pathway that connects the atria and ventricles without passing through the AV node
        • A pulse goes through the AV node, down into the ventricles via the Bundle of His, up through the accessory pathway, and back into the AV node
      • Wide complex, regular SVT - Atrioventricular reentry phenomenon (57):
        • Signals from the SA node travel through the accessory pathway down the ventricles via the Bundle of His and up to the AV node, creating a backward cycle.
        • This is slower than the orthodromic SVT because it is traveling against the regular path of conduction, leaving to a wide QRS complex
      • Medications
      • Caffeine
      • Smoking
      • Stress
      • Alcohol
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Vagal maneuvers
        • Bearing down
        • Blowing into a straw
      • Medications
        • Adenosine: 1st dose 6mg, 2nd dose 12mg
          • Ensure rapid saline flush after pushing medication as it has an extremely short half-life
        • Cardizem
        • Antidotes or reversal agents
      • Cardioversion
      • Cardiac ablation
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. If you have encountered a patient in SVT, what vagal maneuvers have you seen used? Were they successful or not?
    2. If you have not encountered a patient with SVT, what vagal maneuvers could you think of that might be utilized?
    3. Would a patient’s age impact the vagal maneuvers used? Why or why not?
    4. Do you know the half-life of Adenosine? If not, will you look it up after this course?

     

     Ventricular Fibrillation (V-Fib) (3):
    • Rate: none
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval not present
      • QRS width not present
    • P wave morphology:
      • Not present
    • Rhythm Strip:

    (39)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • Cardiac arrest
        • No pulse
        • Not breathing or only gasping for air
        • Loss of consciousness
      • Causes:
        • Electrolyte imbalances
        • Myocardial infarction
        • Congenital heart defects
        • Sudden blow to the chest right over the heart
        • Medications
        • Anemia
        • Cardiomyopathy
        • Electrocution
        • Thoracic trauma
        • Heart surgery
      • Treatment:
        • CPR and defibrillation
        • Medications
          • Epinephrine
          • Atropine
          • Electrolytes
        • Surgery
        • Coronary perfusion
        • Treatment of the underlying cause
    Asystole (59):
    • Rate: none
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval not present
      • QRS width not present
    • P wave morphology:
      • May or may not be present
    • Rhythm Strip:

    (21)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • Cardiac arrest
        • No pulse
        • Not breathing or only gasping for air
        • Loss of consciousness
      • Causes:
        • Electrolyte imbalances
        • Myocardial infarction
        • Congenital heart defects
        • Medications or illicit drugs
        • Blood loss
        • Cardiomyopathy
        • Electrocution
        • Trauma
      • Treatment:
        • CPR
          • Since there is no electrical activity with this rhythm, defibrillation cannot be used
        • Medications
          • Epinephrine
          • Atropine
          • Electrolytes
        • Surgery
        • Coronary perfusion
        • Treatment of the underlying cause

     

    Pulseless Electrical Activity (PEA) (22):
    • Rate: varies
      • There is no pulse with this rhythm despite the fact that it may appear as an organized rhythm
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval none
      • QRS width greater than 110ms
    • P wave morphology:
      • Not present
    • The P wave is:
      • Not present
    • Rhythm Strip:

    (22)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • Cardiac arrest
        • No pulse
        • Not breathing or only gasping for air
        • Loss of consciousness
      • Causes:
        • Electrolyte imbalances
        • Myocardial infarction
        • Congenital heart defects
        • Medications or illicit drugs
        • Blood loss
        • Cardiomyopathy
        • Electrocution
        • Trauma
        • Hypothermia
        • Pneumothorax or hemothorax
      •  Treatment:
        • CPR
          • Since there is no electrical activity with this rhythm, defibrillation cannot be used
        • Medications
          • Epinephrine
          • Atropine
          • Electrolytes
        • Surgery
        • Coronary perfusion
        • Treatment of the underlying cause
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some misconceptions about V-Fib, asystole, and PEA?
    2. How do you educate other staff members and family members on these misconceptions?
    3. What treatments have you seen work on V Fib? What treatments did not work?
    4. Have you ever seen a patient’s rhythm change from asystole to another rhythm?
    5. What is the most prominent cause of cardiac arrest in your area?

     

    Atrial Flutter (73):
    • Rate: varies
      • Depends on how many QRS complexes there are
        • Atrial rate 250-350 bpm
        • Ventricular rate 75-150bpm
      • P waves can come in blocks
        • 2 P waves per 1 QRS (2:1)
        • 3 P waves per 1 QRS (3:1)
        • 4 P waves per 1 QRS (4:1)
        • Intervals of P waves per 1 QRS (2:1 then 3: 1 then 2:1 then 4:1)
      • Conduction:
        • PR interval varies
        • QRS width 60-100ms
      • P wave morphology:
        • The maximum height of the P wave is:
          • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
          • Sawtooth pattern
        • Rhythm Strip:

    (31)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Palpitations
      • Fatigue
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Shortness of breath
      • Regular or irregularly regular pulse
    • Causes:
      • COPD
      • Heart failure
      • Atrial size abnormalities
      • Hypertension
      • Diabetes mellitus
      • Age
      • Male gender
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Medications
        • Amiodarone
        • Cardizem
        • Metoprolol
        • Anticoagulation to prevent stroke
      • Catheter ablation
      • Treatment of the underlying cause
    Atrial Fibrillation (AFib) (89):
    • Rate: varies
      • Atrial rate 400-600 bpm
      • Ventricular rate 75-175 bpm
        • Anything over 100 is considered A Fib with rapid ventricular response (RVR)
      • Conduction:
        • PR interval varies
        • QRS width 60-100ms
      • P wave morphology:
        • The maximum height of the P wave is:
          • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
        • Rhythm Strip:
          • A Fib

    (28)

    • A Fib RVR

    (34)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Palpitations
      • Fatigue
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Shortness of breath
      • Regular or irregular pulse
        • Patients can go in and out of A Fib or it can be permanent,
        • They can go in and out of RVR
      • Causes:
        • Heart disease
        • Genetics
        • Pulmonary embolism or other hemodynamic stressors
        • Obstructive sleep apnea
        • Heart failure
        • Pericarditis
        • Myocarditis
        • Myocardial infarction
        • Hypertension
        • Diabetes mellitus
        • Age
      • Treatment:
        • None if asymptomatic
        • Medications
          • Cardizem
          • Metoprolol
          • Amiodarone
          • Anticoagulation to prevent stroke
        • Catheter ablation
        • Treatment of the underlying cause

     

    Idioventricular Rhythms (47):
    • Rate: varies
      • Idioventricular rate 35-40bpm
      • Accelerated rate 60-120bpm
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval not present
      • QRS width greater than 120ms but can be greater than 160ms
        • The normal conduction system does not transmit the signal to beat, the vertical signal is transmitted from cell to cell
      • P wave morphology:
        • Not present
      • Rhythm Strip:
        • Idioventricular rate

    (36)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Palpitations
      • Fatigue
      • Lightheadedness
      • Syncope or near syncope
      • Cardiac arrest
    • Causes:
      • Electrolyte imbalances
      • Reperfusion of cardiac cells after a myocardial infarction
      • Medications
        • Digoxin
        • Beta-adrenoreceptor agonists
      • Illicit drug use like cocaine
      • Cardiomyopathies
      • Congenital cardiac defects
      • Athletes
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Medications
        • Atropine
        • Amiodarone or lidocaine
        • Reversal agents
      • Rarely cardiac pacing
      • Treatment of the underlying cause
    Junctional Rhythms (52):
    • Rate: varies
      • Junctional bradycardia less than 40bpm
      • Junctional escape rhythm 40-60bpm
      • Accelerated junctional rhythm 60-100bpm
      • Junctional tachycardia greater than 100bpm
    • Conduction:
      • PR interval not present
      • QRS width 60-100ms
    • P wave morphology:
      • Not present
    • Rhythm Strip:
      • Accelerated Junctional Rhythm
        • Rhythms look the same but have more beats depending on the type of rhythm

    (52)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Shortness of breath
      • Palpitations, intermittent or continuous
      • Fatigue
      • Lightheadedness
      • Syncope or near syncope
    • Causes:
      • Electrolyte imbalances
        • Can be caused by anorexia nervosa
      • Thoracic trauma
      • Myocarditis
      • Reperfusion of cardiac cells after a myocardial infarction
      • Medications
        • Adenosine
        • Clonidine
        • Antiarrhythmics
        • Lithium
        • Digoxin
      • Sleep apnea
      • Hypoxia
      • Coronary artery disease
      • Congenital cardiac defects and repairs of these defects
    • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Medications
        • Atropine
        • Reversal agents
      • Transcutaneous pacing
      • Permanent pacemaker
      • Treatment of the underlying cause

     

    Bundle Branch Blocks (BBB) (43, 53, 70):
    • Rate: varies
    • Conduction:
      • Right BBB (RBBB):
        • QRS interval greater than 120ms
        • Septal depolarization that leads to a:
          • Small R wave being present in V1
          • Q wave in V6
        • The left ventricle’s contraction leads to and:
            • S wave in V1
            • R wave in V6
        • The right ventricle’s contraction leads to an:
          • R wave in V1
          • Deep S wave in V6
        • Left BBB (LBBB):
          • QRS interval greater than 120ms
          • T wave inversion is due to abnormal repolarization
          • From first principles:
          • Septal depolarization that leads to a:
            • Q wave in V1
            • R wave in V6
        • The right ventricle’s contraction leads to an:
          • R wave in V1
          • S wave in V6
        • The left ventricle’s contraction leads to and:
          • S wave in V1
          • R wave in V6
      • P wave morphology:
        • The maximum height of the P wave is:
          • Lead II and III: 2.5 mm
        • Rhythm Strip:
          • RBBB

    (71)

          • LBBB

    (71)

    • Signs and Symptoms:
      • None
      • Lightheadedness
      • Syncope or near syncope
    • Causes:
      • RBBB:
        • Myocardial infarction
        • Congenital cardiac defects
        • Pulmonary embolism
        • Myocarditis
        • Pulmonary hypertension
      • LBBB:
        • Myocardial infarction
        • Hypertension
        • Cardiomyopathy
        • Myocarditis
      • Treatment:
      • None if asymptomatic
      • Treatment of the underlying cause

    Identifying Ischemia and Infarction

    Known as coronary artery disease (CAD), acute myocardial ischemia is the decrease of blood flow to the heart by atherosclerosis or plaque. The atherosclerosis starts as a plaque streak within the large arteries and continues to build up. After the plaque has grown to a significant size, occlusion begins and blood flow to areas below the growing occlusion suffers a decrease in blood flow. This is what is known as ischemia (81).

    When resting, patients may not experience any signs or symptoms. Upon exertion, however, patients may experience stable angina—chest pain, discomfort, pressure, etc.—as activity requires increased blood flow and the arteries constrict to pump blood through the body faster. This pain is relieved at rest and can be further treated by nitrates. The routine is what makes this stable angina (81).

    Unstable angina begins once the artery has become occluded enough to create a significant obstruction of blood flow. Signs and symptoms can include chest pain or other discomfort that is challenging to relieve, even when at rest. Patients may be woken from sleep due to the pain and report that it takes longer for the pain to decrease or resolve completely. These signs and symptoms symbolize that the plaque within the artery is unstable and could potentially rupture (90).

    Infarction is when the blood flow is completely obstructed and the cells below the obstruction begin to die off. This often occurs when the plaque within the artery ruptures, leading to the body’s natural clotting processing in an attempt to repair the rupture, and a complete occlusion of the artery occurs (46).

    Now that we have discussed ischemia and infarction, it is time to discuss how a myocardial infarction (MI) appears on an EKG and how to identify it. You may also hear them referred to as STEMIs or ST-elevation myocardial infarction.

    The progression of PQRST complex changes during an MI can start with hyperacute T waves. The T wave will increase with amplitude and become wider, while some ST elevation may be noted. This elevation begins to occur as injury to the heart muscle begins. From there, the ST elevation increases and creates the image often associated with an MI. Pathological Q wave may develop as the MI progresses. As discussed earlier, the Q wave is the first downward deflection of the QRS complex and is normally 1mm or less in depth. Pathological Q waves are measured by greater than 1mm wide or greater than 25% of the R wave’s amplitude (84).

    T wave inversion occurs when the cells have become necrotized and begin to form fibrosis. Once all necrotized cells have become fibrotic, the Q waves will remain, but the T waves will become upright again (84).

     

    (84)

     

    These changes should be present in at least 2 contiguous leads or leads that are side by side. To discuss this more, we will refer to the 12 lead EKG photo we used earlier. It is important to know that there will be leads with ST elevation and there will be leads with reciprocal ST depression based on the type of MI and how these leads are placed in relation to the area of the heart that is being affected.

     

    Type of MI Leads with ST Elevation Reciprocal ST Depression
    Inferior I, II, AVF I, AVL
    Lateral V5, V6 III, AVR
    Anterior I, AVL, V5, V6 II, III, AVF
    Posterior V7, V8, V9 V1, V2, V3

     

    (82)

     

    With posterior MIs the elevation must be at least 0.5mm, there will be tall, broad R waves of at least 30ms long, and the T wave will be upright. When looking at an EKG for a posterior MI, the ST depression is what will be observed in leads V1, V2, and V3. If a posterior MI is suspected, look at the EKG from the back of the paper by flipping it over and holding it to light. This will display the ST depression as ST elevation, prompting you to consider a posterior EKG. It is advised that a posterior EKG with leads V7, V8, and V9 be done. A quick method to do this is by removing leads V4, V5, and V6; placing them in the posterior lead positions; and relabeling them on the EKG. (77).

    Right ventricular MIs can occur, and it is important to assess and treat them appropriately. To assess for a right-sided MI, first look at the standard EKG. If ST elevation is noted in leads II and III, but the ST elevation is greater in lead III than lead II, consider right ventricular involvement. As discussed previously, one method is to do a right-sided EKG, with lead placement along the right side of the chest. The second, quicker way to do this is to take lead V4 and place it on the right side of the chest and mark it as V4R on the EKG (77).

    Another rhythm that can be an indicator of an MI is a bundle branch block. New or suspected new BBBs are to be treated as a MI by providers. But what if you have a copy of an old EKG and the BBB isn’t new, can the patient still be having an MI? The answer is yes. However, it can be challenging to determine what is a change from the MI and what is from the BBB. The Sgarbossa criteria is useful in making these determinations and can also be used for patients who have a pacemaker (77)

     

    Sgarbossa criteria (77):

    • Concordant ST elevation that is greater than 1mm
    • Concordant ST depression that is greater than 1mm
    • Excess discordant ST elevation that is greater than 5mm in leads with negative QRS complexes – these are complexes below the isoelectric line

     

    For reference, concordance means that the ST segment and QRS complex go in the same direction, either both deflecting upwards or downwards. Discordance is what should be seen in a BBB or paced rhythm. This is where the ST segment and the QRS complex go in different directions. Smith et al. created a modification to the Sgarbossa criteria to include a greater than 1mm ST elevation to an S-wave amplitude ratio of greater than 0.25mm (7).

    Another method that has been created, but not validated is the Barcelona criteria. This criterion has greater than 1mm ST deviation concordance or discordance with QRS polarity in any EKG lead. Discordant ST deviation is greater than 1mm in any lead where the R or S points of the QRS complex are less than 6mm (7).

    There is an EKG rhythm that can indicate a future MI which is known as Wellens syndrome. This EKG has a deeply inverted or biphasic T wave in leads V2 and V3. The patient is often pain-free when the rhythm is present, ischemic chest pain can obscure the rhythm by creating a false normal appearance of the T waves in the affected leads. Their cardiac enzymes may not even be elevated. Any patient presenting with chest pain should have serial EKGs done for this reason, since they may be pain-free at a later time. These EKG changes symbolize the critical stenosis of the proximal left anterior descending artery (LAD). This is the artery that provides the left ventricle with blood (65).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Do you remember the first patient that you had that was experiencing an MI? What stood out about that patient in your mind?
    2. Patients have a variety of symptoms that can be experienced during an MI, what was the most interesting symptom a patient had during an MI?
    3. Have you ever encountered a patient with Wellens Syndrome? Do you know if they ended up having an MI later?

    Cardiac Assessment:

    A traditional cardiac assessment focuses on more than just the heart; it encompasses aspects of both the neurological and respiratory systems. However, we will begin our focus with the heart.

    Pain may not be a word patients use to describe what they are feeling. As mentioned, they may vocalize discomfort, pressure, cramping, burning, or tightness. Women may have jaw or arm pain as opposed to the traditional chest pain that men may experience. Ask them to rate their pain on a scale of one to ten, looking for changes in the value. An EKG based on pain, discomfort, pressure, cramping, or tightness should be completed within the time frame set by hospital policy.

    The PQRST pneumonic can assist providers in remembering the specific information they need to collect (90).

    P: What provokes, precipitates, or palliates/alleviates the pain or discomfort the patient is feeling? Does it get worse or better when you do certain things, i.e., walk or rest?

    Q: What is the quality of pain or discomfort you are feeling?

    R: Does this pain or discomfort radiate anywhere else in your body? Jaw, arm, back?

    S: Are there associated symptoms with the pain or discomfort? Shortness of breath, dizziness, heartburn?

    T: What time elements are involved? When did it start? Did it stop and come back? Are you currently feeling it now? Was it gradual or did it occur suddenly? Did it wake you up?

    Patients should be asked about palpitations or any experienced abnormal heart rhythms detected on monitoring devices. Many individuals have smartwatches that can detect heart rates and some rhythms. If the patient is wearing one, determine if the device has recorded anything.

    Edema in the legs can be a sign of acute heart failure while pain in the calf can indicate a blood clot that could have traveled from another part of the body (85). In A Fib, the blood can clot in the ventricles due to poor circulation of blood. It will pool until it clots or is ejected from the heart. Once expelled, the clot will travel until it can no longer pass through the veins (63).  Ensure a thorough assessment of the patient’s distal pulses is done as well to determine circulation. The further pulse locations can be an indicator of poor circulation (85).

    Moving on to the respiratory system, we will reflect on the many arrhythmias that have shortness of breath as a sign or symptom. Providers should assess lung sounds to determine if there is any fluid buildup, a sign of acute heart failure. Determine if the shortness of breath is all the time, upon exertion, or at rest. Also, it is important to ask if the patient has been woken from sleep due to a shortness of breath. Sometimes arrhythmias occur at unexpected moments, even in the middle of the night (85).

    Syncope was another common sign or symptom of cardiac arrhythmias due to decreased perfusion to the brain. Providers should determine if the patient currently feels lightheaded or dizzy, if they felt that way in the past, or if they have fainted. They should ask when this feeling happens—at rest, while moving, or both—and if they get any warning signs or auras beforehand. Always ensure you ask the patient to describe what happened so it can be added to the assessment (85).

     

    A full medical history should be obtained, with a special focus on any past cardiac medical history the patient or their family has. Providers may consider asking the following questions:

    • Have you been diagnosed with coronary artery disease, high blood pressure, peripheral vascular disease, valve problems, heart failure, high cholesterol, or other heart conditions?
    • Have you had a heart attack or stroke in the past?
    • Have you had any surgical procedures to help with your heart function? This may include things like ablation or stent placement.

     

    Asking about medications can assist providers in determining any missed diagnoses with the patient while asking about social history can provide information about smoking, illicit drug use, alcohol consumption, and exercise habits (85).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you seen changes in the patients admitted to your facilities that you could correlate to these indications?
    2. Do you agree with this list? Is there anything you feel should be added or removed? Why?
    3. Are there any time frames (how long a patient is on a telemetry monitor) that you think should be adjusted?
    4. Do you think sending patients home with wearable monitors could be used in the future to prevent admission in some of the patients who meet the criteria for admission with telemetry?

    Conclusion

    Thanks to advancements within the medical profession, cardiac telemetry can be greatly beneficial to patients in and outside of the hospital setting. From devices you can carry, to devices implanted inside someone, patient outcomes have improved for identifying, treating, and managing cardiac arrhythmias that had once been deemed unmanageable. With proper knowledge of EKG rhythms, nurses can confidently provide the proper care for their patients by being an advocate for those they care for.

     

     

    Heart Failure Updates

    Introduction   

    In 1997, Heart Failure (HF) was designated an epidemic due to the significant increase in hospitalizations. (2) This increase in hospitalizations appears to be due to accurate management of HF patients who re-hospitalize for stabilization and medication management rather than a new diagnosis or end-stage disease.

    HF occurs when the heart is too weak to pump blood to the body and lungs. The blood then backs up into the heart, lungs, and lower extremities, causing less blood supply to the body. HF can also be so severe that it can cause death in patients. (1)

    It is crucial for nurses to understand the pathophysiology of HF, risk factors, and what education and treatment a nurse can incorporate in the plan of care, which will slow the progression of disease and maintain quality of life.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How can you find the costs associated with HF patients at your place of work? What treatments are helping manage HF patients?
    2. How would you assess an HF patient on your initial encounter as a nurse?

    Statistical Evidence/Epidemiology

    Epidemiologists study a disease's incidence, mortality, and prevalence to predict health care costs, how many people have a disease, how it affects society, and when the numbers of a disease change.

    According to the CDC, there are approximately 6.2 million patients with heart failure in the United States. The diagnosis was noted on 13.8% of death certificates in 2018. (2) $30.7 billion was spent on HF in 2012, including health care costs, days away from work, and medications that treat HF.

    Although HF is higher in the elderly population, the more significant number of patients ages 35 and above who die with HF are concentrated in the southeast, southwest, Indiana, Wisconsin, and Illinois, with some counties in Utah, Oregon, Montana, South Dakota, and Nebraska.

    Readmission rates declined when the Hospital Readmission Reduction Program (HRRP) began in 2012 to reduce costs and deliver care more safely.

    Hospitals are penalized by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid to lower readmission rates to less than 30 days for some diagnoses, and HF was among them. Hospitals began to look closer at the readmission rates, which helped them to focus on improved management. (2) . Using the information below, nurses can better assess the patient and add more information to their care plan.

     

    The classifications of HF as defined by the New York Heart Association are:
    • No symptoms with regular physical activity.
    • Some mild symptoms with physical activity but not at rest
    • Comfortable at rest but with moderate symptoms with some minor physical activity.
    • Severe shortness of breath with rest. (2)

    Providers typically use echocardiograms to measure heart failure using the ejection fraction (EF) percentage. Ejection fraction demonstrates the blood pumping rate from the left ventricle to the body.

    An EF of below 30% indicates severe disease, while an EF at or above 50% indicates milder or no condition. Left ventricular failure with an EF of 50% or above is considered HF with preserved EF. An EF of 30% or below is considered HF with reduced EF. There is now a new category called HF with mid-range, which shows an EF of 40%-50%.

    Approximately 15% of the HF population shows mid-range EF.

    Incidence - is the number of new disease cases in certain patients. In HF, this number also helps scientists understand how the prevalence of the disease results from a lifestyle change. These studies aid in determining the burden of HF on society, which in turn helps to make changes in public policy and, eventually, how HF patients are treated. "For HF, incidence as a measure of new cases is particularly helpful to assess how the occurrences of HF might have changed over time as a result of changes in risk factors." (2)

    Prevalence - measures the commonality of a disease, in this case HF, in the at-risk population at or over a given time. It also measures how often an HF patient will be encountered. (6)

    Mortality - CHF is one of the top causes of death. Mortality rates are high, and the data shows that 50% of HF patients die at or within five years of diagnosis. (2) More recent studies show mortality rates in HF are increasing, which may be due in part to an aging population.

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Where can you find more information on the epidemiology of HF?
    2. Where do epidemiologists get their information?
    3. Can you define the difference between incidence and prevalence?

    Etiology and Pathophysiology  

    Heart failure is often caused by an injury to the heart's muscle, such as Myocardial Infarction (MI), valvular regurgitation, stenosis of the heart's valves, and arrhythmia. (4) It is essential that the provider determines the cause to treat these patients appropriately. 

    The most common cause of HF is cardiovascular disease. When fatty deposits or plaque buildup in the vessels supplying the heart, the arteries become narrowed and decrease blood flow to the heart muscle. This can cause ischemia (lack of oxygen) to the area of the heart's power involved, causing an MI. This, in turn, causes damage to the heart's muscle, reducing its ability to pump normally. 

    There are two main types of HF:

    • Left ventricular HF or systolic (LHF)
    • Right ventricular HF or diastolic (RHF) 

    LHF occurs when the damage to the left ventricle occurs, and RHF occurs when the damage is to the right ventricle. 

    The following Table taken from the National Institutes of Health shows comorbidities for Systolic and Diastolic HF: 

    Systolic (LHF) 

    • Coronary Heart disease 
    • Arterial Hypertension 
    • Valvular Heart Disease 
    • Arrhythmias 
    • Inflammatory disease 
    • Idiopathic cardiomyopathy 
    • Toxic Cardiomyopathy (alcohol)

    Diastolic (RHF) 

    • Diabetes Mellitus 
    • Arterial Hypertension 
    • Valvular Heart Disease (pressure load) 
    • Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy 
    • Restrictive Cardiomyopathy 
    • Constrictive Pericarditis 
    • Amyloidosis (storage disease) 

     

    HF causes volume overload in the ventricles of the heart. This is due to enlargement and stiffness of the ventricles, so they cannot pump enough blood to the lungs and the body. (1,4) The nurse can utilize this information to care for the patient and implement essential treatments. 

    Genetics also play a role in HF but are varied and complex. Studies have found more than 100 genes that may contribute to cardiomyopathy. Depending on where the failure occurs, more genetic testing is recommended in some instances: Left, Right, or Biventricular determines what signs and symptoms may be present in a patient.  

    In a patient with an MI or volume/pressure overload, the whole heart will change in structure and function. There will be hypertrophy of the Left ventricle and the dilatation of the chambers, which will cause further deterioration in cardiac function. (4) 

    Certain medications may also lead to HF in some patients. These are the diabetic medications Actos and Avandia. NSAIDS (non-steroidal inflammatory drugs) and certain medicines that treat hypertension, cancer, blood dyscrasias, mental health, lung urinary issues, and infections. (1) 

    Aging also contributes as the heart's ability to work decreases over time. Too much alcohol and smoking are also important considerations. Heart failure may also cause complications such as kidney damage and failure, more heart problems, and liver disease caused by the backup of fluid that the liver cannot handle. 

    The photo below shows the difference between a normal heart and an enlarged one (12). 

    Preventable and non-preventable risk factors for heart disease are:  

    • Poor diet  
    • Smoking 
    • Lack of exercise 
    • Alcoholism 
    • Obesity 
    • Genetics/Race-non preventable         

     

    It is also known that Hispanic women are at higher risk for diabetes, which can lead to heart disease if their diabetes is not managed well. Also, African American men are at higher risk for heart disease, possibly leading to HF. 

    Interestingly, some studies have shown that the incidence of hospitalizations has declined. This may be due to early diagnosis, better use of medications and newer devices, earlier and ongoing patient education of risk factors, and stellar outpatient and preventive care of those patients living with HF or at risk in the community (2). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why do you think certain diseases and medications contribute to heart disease?
    2. How would you plan to educate your new patient on this disease?
    3. What are the mechanisms of HF that may cause other diseases?

    Diagnostic and Screening Tools for Heart Failure (HF) 

    Essential diagnostic screening tools are heart rate, cholesterol testing, blood pressure, and weight. Blood pressure measurement is one of the most critical tests since it can have no symptoms.  

    If high, it significantly increases the risk of cardiac disease. Fortunately, diet exercise can control blood pressure to lose weight if needed, and medications.  

    According to the American Heart Association, the standard for blood pressure is 120/80 or below and should be measured starting at age 20. (5) Next is the fasting cholesterol profile. Again, starting at age 20, a fasting lipid profile should be done. (5) This will give the provider and patient a baseline to follow and assist nurses in developing and implementing care plans. 

    The following chart describes lab values for cholesterol. As you can see, the values in red are at the highest risk for cardiovascular disease, which could lead to HF. 

    (13)

    Body habitus is another crucial factor in predicting CAD. Body mass index (BMI), Waist measurements, and body structure can help predict how at risk a patient is for many diseases, including CAD, diabetes, atrial fibrillation, HF, and stroke. (7) 

    The typical Western diet is full of fats and sugars. In the US, many processed foods containing high salt, fat, and sugar are used. 

    These foods are unhealthy for the body and cause obesity and poor health. The Mediterranean diet, in turn, is full of fresh fruits and vegetables, lean meat, and a few processed foods. This is the most recommended diet for all populations. 

    High blood glucose is another indicator of poor health. Insulin resistance is the precursor to diabetes. A patient has insulin resistance when the body's muscles and tissues cannot respond to insulin, so glucose increases in the blood. (5)  

    Causes of insulin resistance are thought to be obesity with a large waist measurement. Blood glucose is usually tested with routine blood work. This gives the provider knowledge if a patient is at risk for diabetes and, therefore, heart disease. (5) Smoking and lack of physical activity can cause poor health, which may lead to cardiovascular disease. 

    Echocardiogram, Holter monitoring, stress tests, and nuclear stress tests are routinely used when a patient presents with symptoms of or has known cardiovascular disease. These tests provide a look at heart function and are used to determine disease progression or maintenance. 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the waist measurements in males and females that are considered for a diagnosis of obesity?  
    2. How would you care for a patient undergoing this testing using the nursing process? 
    3. Why is diabetes a risk factor for HF?

    Medication Management 

    Treating HF with medications can reduce disease progression, and relieve symptoms of dyspnea, fatigue, and edema.  Several classes of drugs can be used to treat HF.  Each one may be used to treat a different symptom. 

    The classes are as follows:

    Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme (ACE) Inhibitors 

    These medications open blood vessels decreasing blood pressure and lowering the heart’s work to keep HF from worsening. (6) 

    Some common ACE inhibitors are: 
    • Captopril 
    • Enalapril 
    • Lisinopril 
    • Ramipril  
    Angiotensin-Receptor Blockers (Arbs)
    • Losartan
    • Valsartan
    Angiotensin-Receptor Neprilysin Inhibitors (Arnis) 

    Entresto is a drug combination in the class of Angiotensin-receptor neprilysin inhibitors (ARNIs). ARNIs limit the enzyme neprilysin from breaking down natural substances in the body.  By limiting this enzyme, the arteries can open to increase blood flow.  This drug also limits the retention of sodium. (7) 

    Beta Blockers  

    Beta-blockers work to slow down the heart rate and increase blood flow by widening blood vessels. This also lowers blood pressure. (9) 

    Common Beta Blockers are: 

    • Atenolol 
    • Bisoprolol 
    • Carvedilol 
    • Labetalol 
    • Metoprolol succinate 
    • Metoprolol tartrate 
    • Nadolol 
    • Propranolol 

     

    Sodium-Glucose Cotransporter-2 (SGLT2) Inhibitors 

    Jardiance and Farxiga are Sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 (SGLT2) inhibitors that were designed to treat diabetes, but they have been found to be cardio-protective. (7) 

     

    Diuretics 

    Diuretics allow the body to release extra fluid and sodium through the kidneys.  They cause increased urination so should be taken earlier in the day. 

    Most common diuretics are: 

    • Lasix 
    • Bumex 
    • Torsemide 
    • Diuril 
    • Hydrochlorothiazide (HCTZ) 
    • Metolazone 

     

    Other medications can be prescribed depending on the patient's needs, such as anticoagulants to keep the blood thin, statins to lower cholesterol, and Digoxin to control heart rate and increase pumping strength. Calcium channel blockers allow the heart muscle to relax, thereby reducing blood pressure and circulation within the heart. Potassium may be used with certain diuretics that cause potassium to leave the body.  

    It is needed to keep the heart's rhythm in control. Oxygen may also increase its amount in the blood, assisting with dyspnea and activity tolerance. (7) It is the nurse's responsibility to evaluate these medications and interventions for plan updates. 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Which medications are the first line in controlling HF?
    2. Where can you find side effects of these medications?
    3. What would your care plan look like for a patient with HF?

    Other Interventions 

    Several types of surgery can be utilized for the most severe cases of HF. Bypass surgery has been used for many years. This procedure bypasses blocked coronary arteries, allowing for better blood flow to the heart muscle.  

    Replacing damaged or stenosed heart valves will assist blood flow within the heart chambers. In some patients, biventricular pacing with a pacemaker allows both sides of the heart to work in sync. (10) An ICD, or implantable defibrillator, can shock the heart from a life-threatening rhythm back to normal.  

    The ventricular assist device or VAD can assist the ventricles to pump blood out to the body. (10) This device can be used either waiting for a transplant or permanently.  

    Heart Transplants can be used as the last intervention, with a success rate of 88% after one year and 75% after five. If a patient has sleep apnea, it can be linked to heart failure. In this case, an evaluation and treatment will be performed. (10)

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Where can you learn more about assistive devices for HF?
    2. How many arteries can be bypassed in surgery at one time?
    3. How would you care for a person with a surgical device?

    Current areas of research in HF are producing more effective drug therapy, genetic testing, non-surgical devices, transplants, and mechanical support. (8) 

    The research is now studying drugs that improve physical symptoms when added to the standard drug treatment and care. These drugs have shown improvement in reducing hospitalizations. 

    The newer diabetic medications Jardiance, Invokana, and Farxiga are being studied on HF patients without diabetes to learn if they will improve function and risk reduction of MI, stroke, or cardiovascular death. (8) 

    Non-invasive imaging such as MRI, ultrasound, nuclear testing, and radiology are being researched in the hope that advancing these technologies will "provide additional information about coronary arteries and heart tissue, coronary strain, the function and structure of the heart." (8)  

    Genetic testing is under investigation to help determine if there is an inherited disease, especially in specific cardiomyopathies. These cardiomyopathies present differently and may be treated with differing modalities. 

    One of the newest areas of HF management and treatment is remote monitoring. Nurses are at the forefront of home monitoring in many areas as they are the clinicians making home visits. 

    New types of VADs are emerging as treatments for advanced illnesses. They are being manufactured to be more durable and portable. (8) 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Where can you find new research studies on HF? 
    2. Where can you go to get educated on new devices? 
    3. Who is conducting the new research?

    Conclusion

    As discussed in this course, Heart Failure affects over 6 million people in the US. Age, lifestyle, race, and genetics may predispose a patient to this disease.

    HF burdens society and health care costs due to missed work, rehospitalizations, and poor outcomes. As a nurse, learning the mechanisms of HF is imperative. Understanding etiology, statistics, pharmaceuticals, and other interventions will assist nurses in administering the best care.

    New research shows how emerging medications, improved implantable devices, and surgery can improve outcomes. However, patient education and prevention are vital to caring for HF patients.

    Hypertension Updates

    Introduction

    This course aims to provide nurses and healthcare professionals with an up-to-date understanding of hypertension (HTN). The course covers epidemiological evidence, etiology, diagnostic tools, medication management, other interventions, and future research on HTN. 

    Hypertension, or high blood pressure, is a chronic condition and a significant risk factor for heart disease, stroke, kidney failure, and other serious health problems. The American College of Cardiology defines hypertension as systolic blood pressure greater than 130 mmHg or diastolic blood pressure greater than 80 mmHg [1].

    Statistical Evidence/Epidemiology 

    According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), hypertension afflicts 108 million Americans and contributes to almost 500,000 deaths per year in the United States [2]. The prevalence of hypertension varies by race and ethnicity, with non-Hispanic Black adults having the highest majority (57.1%), followed by Hispanic adults (43.7%) and non-Hispanic White adults (43.6%).  

    Hypertension is also more common among older adults, with (74.5%) of adults aged 60 and over having high blood pressure [3]. Despite the high prevalence of hypertension, less than a quarter of all adults with hypertension in the United States have their blood pressure under control [2].  

    This leaves millions at risk for serious health problems from uncontrolled hypertension, such as heart disease, stroke, kidney failure, and eye problems. In 2021, high blood pressure was a primary or contributing cause of death for more than 691,095 Americans [4]. 

     

    [31] 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do the current epidemiological statistics about hypertension affect healthcare planning and resource allocation?  
    2. Given that hypertension is a significant public health problem and a major risk factor for serious health problems, what are the essential things that nurses and healthcare professionals should know about hypertension to manage their patients? 
    3. Why do you think there exists such a pronounced disparity in the prevalence of hypertension among different racial and ethnic groups, and what societal and medical strategies might be employed to address this? 

    Etiology/Pathophysiology of Hypertension 

    Hypertension (high blood pressure) is a multifactorial disease characterized by persistent elevated blood pressure in the systemic arteries. Understanding hypertension's etiology, pathophysiology, and sequela is crucial for effective management and treatment.  

    There are two main types of hypertension: primary hypertension and secondary hypertension. Primary or essential hypertension (idiopathic hypertension), which accounts for about 80-95% of all cases, has no identifiable cause and results from complex interactions between genetic, environmental, and other unknown factors [5].  

    The cause of secondary hypertension (15-30% of cases) is often an underlying medical condition, such as kidney disease, adrenal gland tumors, diabetes, or thyroid disease [6]. Family history plays a role, although science has identified no genetic factor as the "hypertension gene" [7].  

    A key mechanism in hypertension is the imbalance between the forces that constrict and dilate blood vessels. This imbalance can be caused by several factors, including increased activity of the sympathetic nervous system, which leads to vasoconstriction, increased production of vasoconstrictor hormones, such as angiotensin II and aldosterone, a decreased output of vasodilator hormones, such as nitric oxide, and structural changes in the blood vessels, such as thickening of the vessel walls [8]. 

    The most understood mechanism of hypertension involves increased peripheral vascular resistance due to constriction of small arterioles. The Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System (RAAS) is a hormonal system that regulates blood pressure. Dysfunction of the RAAS can lead to fluid retention and vasoconstriction [9]. Endothelial dysfunction involves the inner lining of the blood vessels (endothelium) and the release of nitric oxide, which promotes blood vessel relaxation. The dysfunction of nitric oxide is a primary contributor to hypertension [10]. 

     

    Secondary hypertension often involves: 

    • The kidneys and volume overload. 
    • Leading to elevated blood pressure. 
    • Often affecting younger patients and those with resistant or refractory hypertension. 

     

    The typical secondary causes of hypertension include: 

    • Primary aldosteronism (PA). 
    • Renovascular disease. 
    • Chronic kidney disease (CKD). 
    • Obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). 
    • Drug-induced or alcohol-induced hypertension [11]. 

     

    Overactivation within the sympathetic nervous system can result in increased heart rate (tachycardia) and vasoconstriction, both of which can cause a temporary elevation in blood pressure. Within the metabolic process, insulin resistance has been associated with endothelial dysfunction and hypertension [12]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What underlying mechanisms or factors might contribute to the development of primary hypertension when classified as having no identifiable cause, and how might this classification influence our approach to treatment and management? 
    2. What common myths and misconceptions about hypertension have you encountered in your practice? 
    3. How do mechanisms like vascular resistance, RAAS dysfunction, and endothelial dysfunction interact or possibly counteract each other in the pathophysiology of hypertension, and what are the implications of this interplay for targeted therapeutic interventions? 
    4. If hypertension is a complex disease with multiple causes, how can we develop effective treatments and prevention strategies? 

    Diagnostic and Screening Tools 

    The primary current diagnostic and screening tools around hypertension include blood pressure measurement. Blood pressure consists of systolic blood pressure (SBP) and diastolic blood pressure (DBP).  

    SBP is the pressure when the heart is beating, and DBP is the pressure when the heart is resting. A diagnosis of hypertension can be established when the Systolic Blood Pressure (SBP) is 130 mmHg or above or when the Diastolic Blood Pressure (DBP) is at least 80 mmHg [1].  

    The American Heart Association (AHA) recommends that all adults have their blood pressure checked at least once a year. People with risk factors for hypertension, such as obesity, diabetes, and kidney disease, should have their blood pressure checked more often [13]. 

    Secondary tools for evaluating hypertension include ambulatory blood pressure monitoring (ABPM). ABPM is a more accurate way to measure blood pressure, measuring blood pressure over 24 hours. ABPM is an integral part of hypertensive care [14].  

    Urine tests can check for protein in the urine, a sign of kidney damage. Kidney damage is a risk factor for hypertension. Blood tests can be used to check for other medical conditions that can cause hypertension, such as diabetes and kidney disease, cholesterol levels, and other risk factors for heart disease.  

    Hormonal Tests can measure hormones produced by the adrenal and thyroid glands, which can help diagnose secondary hypertension. Regardless of the diagnostic or screening tools, early diagnosis and management of hypertension save lives [15]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the advantages and disadvantages of using blood pressure measurement as the primary diagnostic and screening tool for hypertension? 
    2. What are some of the challenges of implementing ABPM as a routine screening tool for hypertension? 
    3. How can we improve the early diagnosis and management of hypertension in all populations? 
    Imaging and Other Diagnostic Tests 

    Ultrasound of the Kidneys: To rule out kidney abnormalities. 

    Echocardiogram: To assess heart function and structure. Useful if hypertension has been longstanding. 

    Eye Exam: A fundoscopic examination can reveal changes in the retinal blood vessels, indicative of chronic hypertension. 

    Telemedicine: Remote monitoring can be helpful for ongoing assessment and titration of treatment. 

    Healthcare Apps: Smartphone apps can log and track blood pressure readings over time. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Considering the variety of diagnostic and screening tools available for hypertension—from traditional blood pressure measurements to digital devices like telemedicine and healthcare apps—how can healthcare providers ensure that they employ the most practical combination of methods for accurate diagnosis and long-term management of the condition? 
    2. How does an early diagnosis contribute to better management and prognosis in hypertension patients? 

    Medication Management 

    The management of hypertension has evolved over the years, with numerous classes of medications available for treatment. The type of medication best suited for your patients will depend on their needs and health history.  

    Treatment strategies often begin with monotherapy, a single drug, usually a diuretic, beta-blocker, ACE inhibitor, or Angiotensin II receptor blocker (ARBs) [16]. Combination therapy for patients with stage 2 hypertension or those not reaching the target BP with monotherapy, which may include two or more drug classes, is also used.[16].  

    Step therapy involves starting with one drug and adding others to achieve the desired effect. A tailored approach is considered if comorbid conditions are present, such as diabetes or heart failure, which may influence drug choice. 

    Several standard classes of antihypertensive medications are used to treat hypertension, including first-line thiazides such as hydrochlorothiazide, which help rid excess salt and water and lower blood pressure [17]. Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors such as lisinopril and ramipril block the production of angiotensin II, a hormone that narrows blood vessels.  

    Angiotensin II Receptor Blockers (ARBs) such as losartan and valsartan which inhibit the action of angiotensin II, leading to vasodilation [17]. Beta-blockers such as atenolol or metoprolol slow the heart rate and reduce the force of the heart's contractions, which can lower blood pressure [17].  

    Calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine and diltiazem relax the muscles of the blood vessels by inhibiting the movement of calcium into vascular smooth muscle cells, thus lowering blood pressure [17]. Alpha-blockers such as doxazosin work by blocking alpha-adrenergic receptors, leading to vasodilation. Vasodilators such as hydralazine and minoxidil relax the muscles in blood vessel walls [17]. 

    Central action agents such as clonidine, methyldopa, and moxonidine work on the central nervous system to lower blood pressure [17]. Moxonidine is a new-generation antihypertensive drug that works by activating imidazoline-I1 receptors in the brain, and it may be used when other antihypertensive drugs, such as thiazides, beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, and calcium channel blockers, are not appropriate or have failed [18].  

    Thiazide-like diuretics such as chlorthalidone and indapamide have found increased use for their more prolonged duration of action and better cardiovascular outcomes when compared to traditional thiazides [19]. New evidence-based medications are coming into play, such as angiotensin receptor-neprilysin inhibitors (ARNIs), and a clinical trial is underway to test the effectiveness of a new drug called finerenone in preventing heart failure and kidney disease in people with hypertension and diabetes [20] [21]. 

    Due to their safety profiles, there are special considerations with hypertensive management, including methyldopa and labetalol for pregnancy [22].  

    For older people, care is taken to avoid overtreatment, considering the risks of low blood pressure. For patients with chronic kidney disease (CKD), ACE inhibitors and ARBs are often favored due to their renal protective effects.  

    Generics are preferred when appropriate to reduce patient costs [23]. Digital adherence tools, including smartphone apps and telemedicine platforms, monitor patient compliance and adjust treatment as necessary. 

     

    [32] 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What challenges do healthcare providers face in medication compliance among hypertensive patients? 
    2. Given the myriad antihypertensive drug classes and treatment strategies available, coupled with considerations for special populations such as pregnant women, older adults, and those with chronic kidney disease, how can healthcare providers effectively customize treatment plans while maintaining a consistent standard of care across different patient profiles? 

    Other Interventions  

    Beyond medication, lifestyle changes, including dietary interventions like the DASH diet and exercise, have proven effective in managing hypertension [24]. The DASH diet focuses on a high intake of fruits, vegetables, and low-fat dairy foods and is low in saturated and total fat.  

    A reduction in dietary sodium has been shown to lower blood pressure, with a general recommendation to consume less than 2,300 mg per day, with an ideal limit of 1,500 mg for most adults [24]. Regular aerobic exercise such as walking, jogging, or swimming can lower blood pressure.  

    Weight loss of even 5-10% can significantly impact reducing blood pressure [25]. Alcohol moderation and smoking cessation can also lead to blood pressure reduction. 

    Behavioral therapies, including stress management techniques such as deep breathing, meditation, and relaxation exercises, can help reduce short-term spikes in blood pressure. There is some evidence that suggests that Cognitive CBT can be effective in managing hypertension [26].  

    Biofeedback can help manage stress triggers and measure physiological functions like heart rate and blood pressure [26]. Although evidence is mixed, some studies suggest acupuncture can help lower blood pressure.  

    Renal denervation is an invasive procedure using radiofrequency energy to destroy kidney nerves contributing to hypertension. Central sleep apnea therapy can treat central sleep apnea and lower blood pressure.  

    Weight loss surgery can be an effective way to lower blood pressure in people who are obese or overweight. Several stress management techniques, such as yoga, meditation, and deep breathing, can be helpful. 

    Self-monitoring and regular medical check-ups can ensure that the treatment plan is effective and can be adjusted as needed. Remote consultations can offer more frequent touchpoints for adjustments in treatment plans.  

    Various mobile applications can help patients track blood pressure readings, medication schedules, and lifestyle changes. Community-based interventions to educate the public about hypertension risks, prevention, and management can be effective.  

    On a policy level, changes and initiatives that reduce sodium in processed foods can have a broader societal impact [27]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do non-pharmacological interventions compare with medication management in terms of effectiveness and patient compliance? 
    2. What roles do genetics and lifestyle factors play in the development of hypertension? 
    3. How might the interactions among genetic factors, diet, obesity, lifestyle choices, and psychological elements contribute to the complex etiology of primary hypertension, and what does this complexity imply for diagnosing and treating secondary hypertension?

    Upcoming Research 

    Using "Omics" genomic, proteomic, and metabolomic data to tailor antihypertensive therapies to individuals' researchers are working to identify the genes that contribute to hypertension and specific genetic markers that can help predict an individual's risk for developing hypertension and their potential response to treatments [28].  

    This information could be used to create new genetic tests to identify people who are at risk of developing the condition. Personalized medicine seeks to create customized approaches to managing hypertension, which would involve tailoring treatment to the individual's needs and risk factors.  

    Non-invasive treatments, such as devices worn on the body to deliver medication or stimulate the nerves, may also be effective. Researchers are developing a new type of blood pressure monitor that can be worn on the wrist and measure blood pressure throughout the day. 

    A study is underway to investigate the use of artificial intelligence to develop personalized treatment plans for people with hypertension. With predictive analytics, AI models are trained to predict hypertension risk and disease progression using large-scale electronic health records [29]. 

    In the area of new therapeutic targets, researchers are looking into novel ways to improve endothelial function and vascular health. Studies into how the gut microbiome may influence blood pressure regulation offer potential for new treatment modalities [30]. Research on how diet interacts with genes within the gut microbiome may affect blood pressure. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How might advancements in technology and research change the landscape of hypertension management in the next decade? 
    2. How can we balance the potential benefits of personalized medicine for hypertension with the challenges of ensuring that everyone has access to these new treatments? 

    Awareness and Patient Education 

    What your patients should know: 
    • Early diagnosis and treatment of hypertension are essential for preventing complications. 
    • There are several different types of medications available to treat hypertension. 
    • Lifestyle changes, such as eating a healthy diet, exercising regularly, and maintaining a healthy weight, can also help to lower blood pressure. 

     

    Nurses and healthcare professionals should be aware of the following: 
    • Nurses and healthcare professionals play a vital role in educating patients about hypertension and helping them manage their condition. 
    • The latest epidemiological statistics on hypertension, including its prevalence, risk factors, and impact on public health. 
    • The etiology and pathophysiology of hypertension, including the different types of hypertension and their underlying causes. 
    • The diagnostic tools used to diagnose hypertension include blood pressure measurement, ambulatory blood pressure monitoring, urine tests, blood tests, and imaging tests. 
    • The different types of medications available to treat hypertension, as well as their side effects and interactions. 

     

    Nurses and healthcare professionals can help patients to manage their hypertension by: 
    • Educating patients about hypertension and its risks. 
    • Helping patients develop a treatment plan that includes lifestyle changes and medications. 
    • Monitoring their blood pressure and adjusting their treatment plan as needed. 
    • Providing support and encouragement. 

    By working together, nurses and healthcare professionals can help patients manage their hypertension and reduce their risk of complications. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are your key takeaways from this course, and how do you plan to implement these learnings in your clinical practice? 

    Conclusion

    Hypertension is a significant public health problem in the United States and worldwide [1]. It is a chronic condition that can lead to serious health problems like heart disease, stroke, kidney failure, and eye problems. However, despite its complexity, hypertension is manageable with lifestyle changes, medications, and the potential information from future genomic discoveries [25] [17]. 

    GI Bleed: An Introduction

    Introduction   

    Gastrointestinal bleeding (GI Bleed) is an acute and potentially life-threatening condition. It is meaningful to recognize that GI bleed manifests an underlying disorder. Bleeding is a symptom of a problem comparable to pain and fever in that it raises a red flag. The healthcare team must wear their detective hat and determine the culprit to impede the bleeding.  

    Nurses, in particular, have a critical duty to recognize signs and symptoms, question the severity, consider possible underlying disease processes, anticipate labs and diagnostic studies, apply nursing interventions, and provide support and education to the patient. 

    Epidemiology  

    The incidence of Gastrointestinal Bleeding (GIB) is broad and comprises cases of Upper gastrointestinal bleeding (UGIB) and lower gastrointestinal bleeding (LGIB). GI Bleed is a common diagnosis in the US responsible for approximately 1 million hospitalizations yearly (2). The positive news is that the prevalence of GIB is declining within the US (1). This could reflect effective management of the underlying conditions.  

    Upper gastrointestinal bleeding (UGIB) is more common than lower gastrointestinal bleeding (LGIB) (2). Hypovolemic shock related to GIB significantly impacts mortality rates. UGIB has a mortality rate of 11% (2), and LGIB can be up to 5%; these cases are typically a consequence of hypovolemic shock (2).  

    Certain risk factors and predispositions impact the prevalence. Lower GI bleed is more common in men due to vascular diseases and diverticulosis being more common in men (1). Extensive data supports the following risk factors for GIB: older age, male, smoking, alcohol use, and medication use (7).  

    We will discuss these risk factors as we dive into the common underlying conditions responsible for GI Bleed.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever cared for a patient with GIB?
    2. Can you think of reasons GIB is declining in the US?
    3. Do you have experience with patients with hypovolemic shock?

    Etiology/ Pathophysiology

    Gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding includes any bleeding within the gastrointestinal tract, from the mouth to the rectum. The term also encompasses a wide range of quantity of bleeding, from minor, limited bleeding to severe, life-threatening hemorrhage.

    We will review the basic anatomy of the gastrointestinal system and closely examine the underlying conditions responsible for upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding.

    Let's briefly review the basic anatomy of the gastrointestinal (GI) system, which comprises the GI tract and accessory organs. You may have watched The Magic School Bus as a child and recall the journey in the bus from the mouth to the rectum! Take this journey once more to understand the gastrointestinal (GI) tract better.

    The GI tract consists of the following: oral cavity, pharynx, esophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine, and anal canal (5). The accessory organs include our teeth, tongue, and organs such as salivary glands, liver, gallbladder, and pancreas (5). The primary duties of the gastrointestinal system are digestion, nutrient absorption, secretion of water and enzymes, and excretion (5, 3). Consider these essential functions and their impact on each other.

     

     

     

    This design was created on Canva.com on August 31, 2023. It is copyrighted by Abbie Schmitt, RN, MSN and may not be reproduced without permission from Nursing CE Central. 

     

    As mentioned, gastrointestinal bleeding has two broad subcategories: upper and lower sources of bleeding. You may be wondering where the upper GI tract ends and the lower GI tract begins. The answer is the ligament of Treitz. The ligament of Treitz is a thin band of tissue that connects the end of the duodenum  and the beginning of the jejunum (small intestine); it is also referred to as the suspensory muscle of the duodenum (4). This membrane separates the upper and lower GI tract. Upper GIB is defined as bleeding proximal to the ligament of Treitz, while Lower GIB is defined as bleeding beyond the ligament of Treitz (4). 

     

    Upper GI Bleeding (UGIB) Etiology 

    Underlying conditions that may be responsible for the UGIB include: 

    • Peptic ulcer disease 
    • Esophagitis 
    • Foreign body ingestion 
    • Post-surgical bleeding 
    • Upper GI tumors 
    • Gastritis and Duodenitis 
    • Varices 
    • Portal hypertensive gastropathy (PHG) 
    • Angiodysplasia 
    • Dieulafoy lesion 
    • Gastric antral valvular ectasia 
    • Mallory-Weiss tears 
    • Cameron lesions (bleeding ulcers occurring at the site of a hiatal hernia 
    • Aortoenteric fistulas 
    • Hemobilia (bleeding from the biliary tract) 
    • Hemosuccus pancreaticus (bleeding from the pancreatic duct) 

    (1, 4, 5, 8. 9) 

     

    Pathophysiology of Variceal Bleeding. Variceal bleeding should be suspected in any patient with known liver disease or cirrhosis (2). Typically, blood from the intestines and spleen is transported to the liver via the portal vein (9). The blood flow may be impaired in severe liver scarring (cirrhosis). Blood from the intestines may be re-routed around the liver via small vessels, primarily in the stomach and esophagus (9). Sometimes, these blood vessels become large and swollen, called varices. Varices occur most commonly in the esophagus and stomach, so high pressure (portal hypertension) and thinning of the walls of varices can cause bleeding within the Upper GI tract (9). 

     

    Liver Disease + Varices + Portal Hypertension = Recipe for UGIB Disaster 

     

    Lower GI Bleeding (LGIB) Etiology
    • Diverticulosis
    • Post-surgical bleeding
    • Angiodysplasia
    • Infectious colitis
    • Ischemic colitis
    • Inflammatory bowel disease
    • Colon cancer
    • Hemorrhoids
    • Anal fissures
    • Rectal varices
    • Dieulafoy lesion
    • Radiation-induced damage

    (1, 4, 5, 9)

     

    Unfortunately, a source is identified in only approximately 60% of cases of GIB (8). Among this percentage of patients, upper gastrointestinal sources are responsible for 30–55%, while 20–30% have a colorectal source (8).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How is the GI Tract subdivided?
    2. Are there characteristics of one portion that may cause damage to another? (For example: stomach acids can break down tissue in the esophagus, which may ultimately cause bleeding and ulcers (8).
    3. Consider disease processes that you have experienced while providing patient care that could/ did lead to GI bleeding.

    Laboratory and Diagnostic Testing

    Esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD) and colonoscopy identify the source of bleeding in 80–90% of patients (4). The initial clinical presentation of GI bleeding is typically iron deficiency/microscopic anemia and microscopic detection of blood in stool tests (6).

     

    The following laboratory tests are advised to assist in finding the cause of GI bleeding (2):

    • Complete blood count
    • Hemoglobin/hematocrit
    • International normalized ratio (INR), prothrombin time (PT), and activated partial thromboplastin time (PTT)
    • Liver function tests

     

    Low hemoglobin and hematocrit levels result from blood loss, and blood urea nitrogen (BUN) may be elevated due to the GI system's breakdown of proteins within the blood (9).

     

    The following laboratory tests are advised to assist in finding the cause of GI bleeding:

    • EGD (esophagogastroduodenoscopy)- Upper GI endoscopy
      • Clinicians can visualize the upper GI tract using a camera probe that enters the oral cavity and travels to the duodenum (9)
    • Colonoscopy- Lower GI endoscopy/ (9)
      • Clinicians can visualize the lower GI tract.
    • CT angiography
      • Used to identify an actively bleeding vessel

    Signs and Symptoms 

    Clinical signs and symptoms depend on the volume/ rate of blood loss and the location/ source of the bleeding. A few key terms to be familiar with when evaluating GI blood loss are overt GI bleeding, occult GI bleeding, hematemesis, hematochezia, and melena. Overt GI bleeding means blood is visible, while occult GI bleeding is not visible to the naked eye but is diagnosed with a fecal occult blood test (FOBT) yielding positive results of the presence of blood (5). Hematemesis is emesis/ vomit with blood present; melena is a stool with a black/maroon-colored tar-like appearance that signifies blood from the upper GI tract (5). Melena has this appearance because when blood mixes with hydrochloric acid and stomach enzymes, it produces this dark, granular substance that looks like coffee grounds (9). 

     

    Mild vs. Severe Bleeding  

    A patient with mild blood loss may present with weakness and diaphoresis (9). Chronic iron deficiency anemia symptoms include hair loss, hand and feet paresthesia, restless leg syndrome, and impotence in men (8). The following symptoms may appear over time once anemia becomes more severe and hemoglobin is consistently less than 7 mg/dl: pallor, headache, dizziness from hypoxia, tinnitus from the increased circulatory response, and the increased cardiac output and dysfunction may lead to dyspnea (8). Findings of a positive occult GI bleed may be the initial red flag. 

    A patient with severe blood loss, which is defined as a loss greater than 1 L within 24 hours, hypotensive, diaphoretic, pale, and have a weak, thready pulse (9). Signs and symptoms will reflect the critical loss of circulating blood volume with systemic hypoperfusion and oxygen deprivation, so that cyanosis will also be evident (9). This is considered a medical emergency, and rapid intervention is needed. 

     

    Stool Appearance: Black, coffee ground = Upper GI; Bright red blood = Lower GI. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How would you prioritize the following patients: (1) Patient complains of weakness and coffee-like stool; or (2) Patient complains of constipation and bright red bleeding from the anus?
    2. Have you ever witnessed a patient in hypovolemic shock? If yes, what symptoms were most pronounced? If not, consider the signs.
    3. What are ways that the nurse can describe abnormal stool?

    History and Physical Assessment

    History

    A thorough and accurate history and physical assessment is a key part of identifying and managing GI bleed. Remember to avoid medical terminology/jargon while asking specific questions, as this can be extremely helpful in narrowing down potential cases. It is a good idea to start with broad categories (general bleeding) then narrow to specific conditions.

    Assess for the following:

    • Previous episodes of GI Bleed
    • Medical history with contributing factors for potential bleeding sources (e.g., ulcers, inflammatory bowel disease, liver disease, varices, PUD, alcohol abuse, tobacco abuse, H.pylori, diverticulitis) (3)
    • Contributory medications (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs, anticoagulants, antiplatelet agents, bismuth, iron) (3)
    • Comorbid diseases that could affect management of GI Bleed (8)

     

    Physical Assessment
    1. Head to toe and focused Gastrointestinal, Hepatobiliary, Cardiac and Pancreatic
    2. Assessments
      Assess stool for presence of blood (visible) and anticipate orders/ collect specimen for occult blood testing.
    3. Vital Signs

     

    Signs of hemodynamic instability associated with loss of blood volume (3):

    • Resting tachycardia
    • Orthostatic hypotension
    • Supine hypotension
    • Abdominal pain (may indicate perforation or ischemia)
    • A rectal exam is important for the evaluation of hemorrhoids, anal fissures, or anorectal mass (3)

     

    Certain conditions place patients at higher risk for GI bleed. For example, patients with end-stage renal disease (ESRD) have a five times higher risk of GIB and mortality than those without kidney disease (2).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Are there specific questions to ask if GIB is suspected?
    2. What are phrases from the patient that would raise a red flag for GIB (For example: “I had a stomach bleed years ago”) 
    3. Have you ever noted overuse of certain medications in patients?
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever shadowed or worked in an endoscopy unit?
    2. Name some ways to explain the procedures to the patient?

    Treatment and Interventions

    Treatment and interventions for GIB bleed will depend on the severity of the bleeding. Apply the ABCs (airway, breathing, circulation) prioritization tool appropriately with each unique case. Treatment is guided by the underlying condition causing the GIB, so this data is too broad to cover. It would be best to familiarize yourself with tools and algorithms available within your organization that guide treatment for certain underlying conditions. Image 2 is an example of an algorithm used to treat UGIB (8). The Glasgow-Blatchford bleeding score (GBS) tool is another example of a valuable tool to guide interventions. Once UGIB is identified, the Glasgow-Blatchford bleeding score (GBS) can be applied to assess if the patient will need medical intervention such as blood transfusion, endoscopic intervention, or hospitalization (4).

    Unfortunately, there is currently a lack of tools available for risk stratification of emergency department patients with lower gastrointestinal bleeding (LGIB) (6). This gap represents an opportunity for nurses to develop and implement tools based on their experience with LGIB.

     

     

    (8) 

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Are you familiar with GIB assessment tools?
    2. How would you prioritize the following orders: (1) administer blood transfusion, (2) obtain occult stool for testing, and (3) give stool softener?

    The first step of nursing care is the assessment. The assessment should be ongoing and recurrent, as the patient's condition may change rapidly with GI bleed. During the evaluation, the nurse will gather subjective and objective data related to physical, psychosocial, and diagnostic data. Effective communication is essential to prevent and mitigate potential risk factors.

     

    Subjective Data (Client verbalizes)

    • Abdominal pain
    • Nausea
    • Loss of appetite
    • Dizziness
    • Weakness

     

    Objective Data (Clinician notes during assessment)

    • Hematemesis (vomiting blood)
    • Melena (black, tarry stools)
    • Hypotension
    • Tachycardia
    • Pallor
    • Cool, clammy skin

     

     

     

     

    Nursing Interventions

     

    Ineffective Tissue Perfusion:

    1. Monitor vital signs frequently to assess blood pressure, heart rate, and oxygen saturation changes.
    2. Obtain IV access.
    3. Administer oxygen as ordered.
    4. Elevate the head of the bed (support venous return and enhance tissue perfusion).
    5. Administer blood products (packed red blood cells, fresh frozen plasma) as ordered to replace lost blood volume.

     

    Acute Pain:

    1. Assess the patient's pain (quantifiable pain scale)
    2. Administer pain medications as ordered.
    3. Obtain and implement NPO Orders: Allow the GI tract to rest and prevent further irritation while preparing for possible endoscopic procedures.
    4. Apply heat/cold therapy for comfort.

     

    Risk for Decreased Cardiac Output

    1. Assess the patient's heart rate and rhythm. (Bleeding and low cardiac output may trigger compensatory tachycardia.) (9)
    2. Assess and monitor the patient's complete blood count.
    3. Assess the patient's BUN level.
    4. Monitor the patient's urine output.
    5. Perform hemodynamic monitoring.
    6. Administer supplemental oxygenation as needed.
    7. Administer intravenous fluids as ordered.
    8. Prepare and initiate blood transfusions as ordered.
    9. Educate and prepare the patient for endoscopic procedures and surgical intervention as needed.

     

    Risk for Deficient Fluid Volume:

    1. Monitor intake and output.
    2. Maintain hydration.
    3. Administer intravenous fluids as ordered.
    4. Monitor labs, including hemoglobin and hematocrit, to assess the effectiveness of fluid replacement therapy.
    5. Educate the patient on increasing oral fluid intake once the bleeding is controlled.
    6. Vital signs
    7. Assess the patient's level of consciousness and capillary refill time to evaluate tissue perfusion and response to fluid replacement.
    8. Collaborate with the healthcare team to adjust fluid replacement therapy based on the patient's response and laboratory findings.

     

    Nursing Goals / Outcomes for GI Bleed:

    • The patient's vital signs and lab values will stabilize within normal limits.
    • The patient will be able to demonstrate efficient fluid volume as evidenced by stable hemoglobin and hematocrit, regular vital signs, balanced intake and output, and capillary refill < 3 seconds.
    • The patient will exhibit increased oral intake and adequate nutrition.
    • The patient will verbalize relief or control of pain.
    • The patient will appear relaxed and able to sleep or rest appropriately.
    • The patient verbalizes understanding of patient education on gastrointestinal bleeding, actively engages in self-care strategies, and seeks appropriate support when needed.
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How can the nurse advocate for a patient with GIB?
    2. Can you think of ways your nursing interventions would differ between upper and lower GIB?
    3. Have you ever administered blood products?
    4. What are possible referrals following discharge that would be needed? (Example: gastroenterology, home health care)

    Case Study

    Mr. Blackstool presents to the emergency department with the following:

    CHIEF COMPLAINT: "My stool looked like a ball of black tar this morning."

    He also reports feeling "extra tired" and "lightheaded" for 3-5 days.

    HISTORY OF PRESENT ILLNESS: The patient is a 65-year-old tractor salesman who presents to the emergency room complaining of the passage of black stools, fatigue, and lightheadedness. He reports worsening chronic epigastric pain and reflux, intermittent for 10+ years.

    He takes NSAIDS as needed for back, and joint pain and was recently started on a daily baby aspirin by his PCP for cardiac prophylaxis. He reports "occasional" alcohol intake and smokes two packs of cigarettes daily.

    PHYSICAL EXAMINATION: Examination reveals an alert and oriented 65-YO male. He appears anxious and irritated. Vital sips are as follows. Blood Pressure 130/80 mmHg, Heart Rate 120/min - HR Thready - Respiratory Rate - 20 /minute; Temperature 98.0 ENT/SKIN: Facial pallor and cool, moist skin are noted. No telangiectasia of the lips or oral cavity is noted. The parotid glands appear full.

    CHEST: Lungs are clear to auscultation and percussion. The cardiac exam reveals a regular rhythm with an S4. No murmur is appreciated. Peripheral pulses are present but are rapid and weak.

    ABDOMEN/RECTUM: The waist shows a rounded belly. Bowel sounds are hyperactive. Percussion of the liver is 13 cm (mal); the edge feels firm. Rectal examination revealed a black, tarry stool. No Dupuytren's contractions were noted.

    LABORATORY TESTS: Hemoglobin 9gm/dL, Hematocrit 27%, WBC 13,000/mm. PT/PTT - normal. BUN 46mg/dL.

     

    Discuss abnormal findings noted during History and Physical Examination; Evaluate additional data to obtain possible diagnostic testing, treatment, nursing interventions, and care plans.

    Conclusion

    After this course, I hope you feel more knowledgeable and empowered in caring for patients with Gastrointestinal bleeding (GIB). As discussed, GIB is a potentially life-threatening condition that manifests as an underlying disorder. Think of gastrointestinal bleeding as a loud alarm signaling a possible medical emergency. Nurses can significantly impact the recognition of signs and symptoms that determine the severity of bleeding and underlying disease process while also implementing life-saving interventions as a part of the healthcare team. As evidence-based practice rapidly evolves, continue to learn, and grow your knowledge of GIB. 

     

    Constipation Management and Treatment

    Introduction   

    In the realm of healthcare, where every aspect of patient well-being is meticulously tended to, constipation is a condition that often remains in the shadows. Often dismissed as a minor inconvenience, constipation is a prevalent concern that can have significant repercussions on the health and comfort of hospitalized and long-term care patients (8).  

    Imagine a scenario where a middle-aged patient, recently admitted to a hospital for a non-related condition, is experiencing discomfort due to constipation. Despite the patient's hesitation to bring up this seemingly "embarrassing" topic, a skilled nurse takes the initiative to initiate an open conversation.  

    By actively listening and empathetically addressing the patient's concerns, the nurse alleviates the discomfort and also plays a crucial role in preventing potential complications. This scenario exemplifies the pivotal role that nurses play in the comprehensive management of constipation. 

    Envision a long-term care facility where an elderly resident's mobility is limited, leading to a sedentary lifestyle. As a result, this individual becomes more susceptible to constipation, which could potentially lead to more severe issues if left unattended. Here, the nurse's expertise in identifying risk factors and tailoring interventions comes into play.  

    By suggesting gentle exercises, dietary adjustments, and adequate hydration, the nurse transforms the resident's daily routine, ensuring a healthier digestive tract and enhanced overall well-being. 

    Through the above scenarios, it becomes evident that constipation is not merely a minor inconvenience but a legitimate concern that warrants attention. As the first line of defense in patient care, nurses are uniquely positioned to identify, address, and holistically prevent constipation.  

    Nurses possess the knowledge and skills to create a profound impact on patient lives by acknowledging and addressing this issue. This course aims to equip nurses with an in-depth understanding of constipation, enabling them to be proactive vigilant advocates for patient comfort, bowel health, and overall well-being. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What role do nurses play in constipation management? 
    2. Name one lifestyle factor that can contribute to constipation. 

    Epidemiology  

    To truly comprehend the significance of constipation in healthcare settings, it's essential to grasp its prevalence and impact. Statistics reveal that constipation holds a prominent spot in healthcare challenges, with up to 30% of patients in hospitals and long-term care facilities experiencing this discomfort (4). This means that in a unit with 100 patients, nearly a third of them might be grappling with constipation-related issues.  

    Even though constipation transcends demographics, elderly patients, who are a substantial part of long-term care settings, are more susceptible to constipation due to factors like decreased mobility, altered dietary habits, and medication use. Understanding this demographic predisposition is crucial for nurses as it guides their vigilance in recognizing and managing constipation among this vulnerable group. By unraveling its prevalence and its penchant for affecting diverse patient groups, nurses can step into their roles armed with knowledge, ready to make a tangible difference in patient lives. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What percentage of patients in hospitals and long-term care facilities experience constipation?  

    Etiology/Pathophysiology  

    Embarking on the journey to comprehend constipation's root causes and underlying mechanisms offers a fascinating glimpse into the intricate workings of the digestive system. The digestive system is a well-orchestrated symphony where even a slight disruption can lead to a discordant note, constipation being one such note.  

    Constipation arises from an intricate interplay of factors. Lifestyle choices, such as physical inactivity, dietary habits, and even medication use, can disturb the symphony of digestion. These disruptions impact the stool's consistency, its journey through the intestines, and the efficiency of water absorption.  

     

    Some examples of how lifestyle choices can cause constipation include the following: 

    • The digestive tract, like a finely tuned instrument, requires regular movement to maintain its rhythm and balance. Without physical activity to nudge food along, its journey through the digestive process slows down, potentially leading to constipation. 
    • Mismanagement of water absorption in the colon can also contribute to constipation. Excess absorption of water in the colon can turn the stool hard and dry, making it a formidable challenge to pass.  
    • When fiber is lacking in the diet, stool encounters resistance and sluggishness, akin to a symphony losing its guiding rhythm. This lack of fiber can lead to constipation, underscoring the importance of dietary choices in maintaining a harmonious digestive process (10). 

     

    Understanding the above dynamics empowers nurses to decode the origins of constipation and tailor interventions that restore the harmonious rhythm of the digestive orchestra. Just as a conductor guides a symphony to its crescendo, nurses can orchestrate the path to relief and comfort for patients grappling with constipation. 

    Signs and Symptoms  

    Constipation's signs and symptoms are the stars that guide nurses toward effective management. Infrequent bowel movements, excessive straining, abdominal discomfort, and bloating are like constellations, revealing the narrative of digestive imbalance. 

    Recognizing the constellation of signs and symptoms becomes the compass guiding nurses toward effective care. Just as a seasoned sailor navigates by the stars, nurses navigate constipation's landscape by deciphering the cues that patients present. 

    Research by Anderson and Brown (1) reveals that patients grappling with constipation often experience infrequent bowel movements as a telltale sign. Nurses, armed with this insight, recognize that infrequent bowel movements warrant vigilant assessment and timely interventions. 

    Excessive straining, much like tugging at sails in adverse winds, emerges as another hallmark of constipation (6). Patients' tales of discomfort during bowel movements point to an underlying imbalance. Nurses adeptly interpret this discomfort as a call for action, initiating strategies that ease the passage of stool and restore harmony to the digestive symphony. 

    Discomfort serves as an indicator of the digestive system's struggle to find its equilibrium. Nurses, like skilled navigators, probe further, discerning the nuances of the discomfort to tailor interventions that address its root cause (11). 

    Bloating is another symptom. Research by Smith and Williams (9) illuminates the link between constipation and bloating. This connection heightens nurses' vigilance, prompting them to delve into patients' experiences and offer relief from the discomfort. 

    Pharmacological/Non-Pharmacological Treatment 

    Constipation management encompasses a harmonious blend of pharmacological and non-pharmacological strategies. Just as a symphony thrives on a balanced ensemble, nurses can orchestrate a symphony of relief and comfort by selecting the right interventions for each patient's unique needs. Through this holistic approach, nurses play a pivotal role in restoring the digestive symphony to its harmonious rhythm. 

     
    Pharmacological 

    As nurses step into the realm of constipation management, they encounter a diverse array of strategies that can harmonize the digestive symphony. Picture a pharmacist's shelf adorned with an assortment of medications, each with a specific role in alleviating constipation. 

    Fiber supplements work by increasing stool bulk and promoting regular bowel movements. They're gentle and mimic the natural process, ensuring a harmonious flow. 

    Osmotic laxatives introduce more water into the stool, creating a balanced blend of moisture, preventing dry and challenging stools, and facilitating movement.  

    Stimulant laxatives stimulate bowel contractions, hastening the stool's journey through the digestive tract. They're like the energetic beats that invigorate a symphony, leading to a rhythmic and effective passage. 

    Lastly, stool softeners ensure that the stool is neither too hard nor too soft, striking the perfect balance. They act by moistening the stool, making it easier to pass without straining. By introducing this harmony, stool softeners contribute to patient comfort. 

     
    Non-pharmacological 

    Beyond the realm of medications lies an equally vital avenue: non-pharmacological interventions. Nurses can craft a holistic care plan, carefully considering dietary adjustments and lifestyle modifications as the foundation. Examples of non-pharmacological interventions include the following: 

    A diet rich in fiber guides the stool's journey with ease. Nurses can educate patients on incorporating fruits, vegetables, and whole grains, ensuring a harmonious flow through the intestines. 

    Engaging in regular physical activity not only stimulates bowel movements but also enhances overall well-being. Nurses can encourage patients to integrate movement into their routines, contributing to a dynamic and efficient digestive process. 

    Relaxation techniques play a vital role in constipation management. Nurses can provide guidance on techniques like deep breathing or gentle abdominal massages that soothe the digestive tract, facilitate a smoother passage, and transform discomfort into relaxation. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How does fiber-rich food aid in preventing constipation? 
    2. What are the four main types of pharmacological treatment for constipation? 

    Complications 

    Constipation complications can disrupt the symphony of health. Nurses, armed with knowledge and interventions, become conductors of comfort, guiding patients toward a harmonious journey free from discomfort and dissonance. Through their skilled care, nurses harmonize the symphony of patient well-being, preventing complications and promoting relief. Examples of complications include the following. 

     

    Hemorrhoids 

    These are swollen blood vessels around the rectal area that cause pain, itching, and even bleeding during bowel movements. Nurses can educate patients about preventive measures, such as adequate fiber intake, staying hydrated, and avoiding straining during bowel movements. 

     

    Anal Fissure 

    This is a small tear in the anal lining that can cause pain and bleeding, disrupting daily life. Nurses can gently guide patients toward hygiene practices and proper self-care, restoring comfort and preventing further disruption. 

     

    Fecal Impaction 

    Here, the stool accumulates, creating an obstruction that can be likened to an unexpected pause in flow. This impaction causes severe discomfort and can even lead to bowel obstruction. Nurses should be attentive to patients at risk of fecal impaction, promptly intervening with measures such as stool softeners, gentle digital disimpaction, and regular bowel assessments.  

     

    Rectal Prolapse 

    This protrusion of the rectal lining is a disruptive problem that not only causes physical discomfort but also emotional distress. Nurses can empower patients by educating them about the importance of managing constipation and preventing rectal prolapse.  

     

    Nausea and Vomiting 

    The buildup of waste and toxins can trigger these unsettling symptoms. Nurses should be vigilant, recognizing these cues as a sign of digestive imbalance. Collaborating with healthcare teams, nurses can address the underlying constipation, restoring harmony and alleviating discomfort. 

     

    Bowel Obstruction 

    This is a medical emergency. Patients experience severe abdominal pain, bloating, and the inability to pass stool or gas. Nurses should be well-equipped to recognize these symptoms and act swiftly, seeking immediate medical intervention.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is a potential complication of untreated constipation that involves swollen blood vessels around the rectal area? 
    2. What are two potential symptoms of constipation-related nausea and vomiting? 
    3. When should nurses suspect a bowel obstruction in a patient with constipation? 

    Prevention  

    Prevention is composed of dietary choices, hydration, exercise, and lifestyle awareness. Nurses, as conductors of preventive care, guide patients toward a harmonious journey of well-being. By embracing preventive measures, patients become active participants in the symphony of their health, ensuring that the digestive rhythm remains soothing and uninterrupted. Sample preventive measures include the following: 

     

    Dietary Adjustments 

    Nurses can educate patients about the importance of incorporating fiber into their diets. Picture a patient's plate adorned with vibrant fruits, vegetables, and whole grains — these fiber-rich choices act as the brushstrokes that create a smooth flow through the digestive system.  

     

    Hydration 

    Like the gentle spray that keeps a garden vibrant, staying adequately hydrated ensures the digestive landscape remains fluid and inviting. Nurses can encourage patients to drink sufficient water, allowing the stool's journey to be as effortless as the water's flow.  

     
    Exercise 

    Nurses can guide patients in incorporating regular physical activities like brisk walks, or gentle stretching into their daily routines, creating a rhythm that enhances bowel motility and overall well-being. Movements, much like instrument tuning before a performance, prepare the digestive system for optimal function.  

     

    Lifestyle Awareness 

    Nurses can educate patients about the importance of timely bowel movements and creating a comfortable environment for digestion. Patients can cultivate their well-being by avoiding prolonged periods of sitting and adopting healthy toileting habits.  

     

    Patient Education 

    Nurses can provide insights into the importance of fiber-rich foods, hydration, and movement. By empowering patients with knowledge, nurses equip them with the tools needed to prevent constipation and maintain digestive well-being.   

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the importance of dietary adjustments in preventing constipation? 
    2. How does hydration impact constipation prevention? 
    3. What is the role of exercise in preventing constipation? 

    Nursing Implications 

    Nurses are instrumental in managing constipation and improving patient outcomes. Nurses should be skilled in assessing patients for constipation risk factors, communicating effectively about symptoms, and tailoring interventions to individual patient needs. Collaborating with other healthcare professionals to develop comprehensive care plans is essential. Examples of useful nursing skills include: 

     

    Holistic Assessment 

    Nurses are vigilant observers, attuned to the nuances of patient well-being. Like skilled detectives, nurses delve into patients' histories, medications, and lifestyles, identifying constipation risk factors. Holistic assessments allow nurses to understand the unique backdrop against which constipation may unfold. Armed with this knowledge, nurses can tailor interventions that resonate with each patient's needs (12). 

     
    Effective Communication 

    Envision a nurse as a skilled communicator, bridging the gap between patient concerns and medical insights. Like a translator, nurses help patients express their symptoms and experiences, ensuring nothing gets lost in translation. Effective communication not only nurtures trust but also facilitates accurate assessment, enabling nurses to identify constipation-related cues and initiate timely interventions (14). 

     

    Collaboration with Multidisciplinary Teams 

    Consider a care setting where the patient's well-being is a collective effort, much like an orchestra composed of diverse instruments. Nurses collaborate with physicians, dietitians, physical therapists, and other healthcare professionals to ensure a harmonious approach to constipation management. This interdisciplinary collaboration ensures that each note of patient care resonates in unison, creating a symphony of comprehensive well-being (7). 

     

    Patient-Centered Care Plans 

    Imagine nurses as architects of care plans, designing blueprints that reflect patients' unique needs and preferences. Just as architects tailor a building to its occupants, nurses craft patient-centered care plans that incorporate dietary preferences, lifestyle routines, and individualized interventions. This tailored approach ensures that patients feel heard and empowered in their constipation management journey (13). 

     

    Education and Empowerment 

    Envision nurses as educators, empowering patients with knowledge that transforms them into active participants in their care. Much like a guide, nurses navigate patients through the maze of constipation management strategies, ensuring clarity and understanding. By imparting information about dietary choices, hydration, exercise, and self-care, nurses equip patients with the tools needed to harmonize their digestive well-being (2). 

     
    Continuous Monitoring and Evaluation 

    Imagine nurses as diligent conductors, continuously assessing the rhythm of constipation management. Just as a conductor listens to every note, nurses monitor patients' responses to interventions, ensuring their effectiveness. Regular evaluation allows nurses to fine-tune strategies, ensuring that the symphony of constipation management remains harmonious and effective (5). 

     

    Compassionate Support 

    Envision nurses as compassionate companions on the patient's constipation management journey. Like trusted friends, nurses offer emotional support, addressing patients' concerns and fears with empathy. This compassionate approach fosters a sense of security and trust, enabling patients to navigate the challenges of constipation with resilience and a sense of camaraderie (3). 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How can nurses contribute to patient-centered care plans for constipation management? 
    2. What is the significance of effective communication in constipation management? 
    3. Why is continuous monitoring and evaluation important in constipation management? 

    Conclusion

    Constipation is a significant concern that impacts the comfort and well-being of hospitalized and long-term care patients. Nurses' proactive role in identifying, managing, and preventing constipation is essential for promoting patient health. By employing a combination of pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions, nurses can significantly enhance patient comfort and quality of life.  

    Envision nurses as educators who share the symphony of knowledge with patients, empowering them to become proactive partners in their well-being. With insights about dietary choices, hydration, exercise, and relaxation techniques, patients become active participants in the harmony of their digestive health. 

    Think of nurses as vigilant observers, continuously assessing the rhythm of constipation management, listening to every note, monitoring patient responses, and adjusting interventions to ensure a harmonious and effective approach.  

    Finally, visualize nurses as compassionate companions on the constipation management journey. They offer unwavering support, much like friends sharing the weight of challenges. This compassionate presence fosters trust, comfort, and a sense of unity, creating a symphony of emotional well-being alongside physical relief. 

    As this course concludes, let us remember that constipation management is not just about alleviating discomfort but about orchestrating a symphony of care that encompasses every aspect of the patient’s experience.  

    By blending knowledge, empathy, and skill, nurses elevate constipation management from a routine task to a transformative experience. With this newfound understanding, nurses are prepared to guide patients toward a harmonious symphony of relief, comfort, and overall well-being. 

     

     

    Spinal Cord Injury: Bowel and Bladder Management

    Introduction   

    Imagine one day you are able to walk and take care of your own needs. Now, imagine one week later you wake up no longer able to walk, feel anything below your waist, or hold your bowels.  

    This is a reality for many people who sustain spinal cord injuries. Managing changes in bowel and bladder function is one of many challenges that people with spinal cord injuries and their families or caregivers face.  

    This course will provide learners with the knowledge needed to assist patients who have spinal cord injuries with bowel and bladder management to improve the quality of life in this group.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some societal misconceptions or stereotypes about people with spinal cord injuries? 
    2. What are some learning gaps among nurses regarding caring for people with spinal cord injuries? 
    3. How well does the healthcare system accommodate people with spinal cord injuries?

    Spinal Cord Injuries: The Basics

    Spinal Cord Function 

    Before defining a spinal cord injury, it is important to understand the function of the spinal cord itself. The spinal cord is a structure of the nervous system that is nestled within the vertebrae of the back and helps to distribute information from the brain (messages) to the rest of the body [1].  

    These messages result in sensation and other neurological functions. While it may be common to primarily associate the nervous system with numbness, tingling, or pain, nerves serve an important purpose in the body’s function as a whole.

    Spinal Cord Injury Definition 

    When the spinal cord is injured, messages from the brain may be limited or entirely blocked from reaching the rest of the body. Spinal cord injuries refer to any damage to the spinal cord caused by trauma or disease [2]. Spinal cord injuries can result in problems with sensation and body movements.  

    For example, the brain sends messages through the spinal cord to muscles and tissues to help with voluntary and involuntary movements. This includes physical activity like running and exercising, or something as simple as bowel and bladder elimination.  


    Spinal Cord Injury Causes 

    Spinal cord injuries occur when the spinal cord or its vertebrae, ligaments, or disks are damaged [3]. While trauma is the most common cause of spinal cord injuries in the U.S., medical conditions are the primary causes in low-income countries [4] [2]. 

     

    Trauma 
    • Vehicle accidents: Accounts for 40% of all cases [2] 
    • Falls: Accounts for 32% of all cases [2] 
    • Violence: Includes gun violence and assaults; accounts for 13% of all cases [2] [5] 
    • Sport-related accidents: Accounts for 8% of all cases [2] 

     

    Medical Conditions 
    • Multiple Sclerosis (MS): Damage to the myelin (or insulating cover) of the nerve fibers [1] 
    • Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS): Lou Gehrig’s disease, damage to the nerve cells that control voluntary muscle movements [1] 
    • Post-Polio: Damage to the central nervous system caused by a virus [1] 
    • Spina Bifida: Congenital defect of the neural tube (structure in utero that eventually forms the central nervous system) [1] 
    • Transverse Myelitis (TM): Inflammation of the spinal cord caused by viruses and bacteria [1] 
    • Syringomyelia: Cysts within the spinal cord often caused by a congenital brain abnormality [1] 
    • Brown-Sequard Syndrome (BSS): Lesions in the spinal cord that causes weakness or paralysis on one side of the body and loss of sensation on the other [1] 
    • Cauda Equina Syndrome: Compression of the nerves in the lower spinal region [1] 

    Spinal Cord Injury Statistics 

    According to the World Health Organization, between 250,000 and 500,000 people worldwide are living with spinal cord injuries [4]. In the U.S., this number is estimated to be between 255,000 and 383,000 with 18,000 new cases each year for those with trauma-related spinal cord injuries [6]. 

     

    Age/Gender 

    Globally, young adult males (age 20 to 29) and males over the age of 70 are most at risk. In the U.S., males are also at highest risk, and of this group, 43 is the average age [2].  

    While it is less common for females to acquire a spinal cord injury (2:1 ratio in comparison to males), when they do occur, adolescent females (15-19) and older females (age 60 and over) are most at risk globally [4].  

     

    Race/Ethnicity 

    In the U.S. since 2015, around 56% of spinal cord injuries related to trauma occurred among non-Hispanic whites, 25% among non-Hispanic Black people, and about 14% among Hispanics [6].  

     

    Mortality 

    People with spinal cord injuries are 2 to 5 times more likely to die prematurely than those without these injuries (WHO, 2013). People with spinal cord injuries are also more likely to die within the first year of the injury than in subsequent years. In the U.S., pneumonia, and septicemia – a blood infection – are the top causes of death in patients with spinal cord injuries [6]. 

     

    Financial Impact 

    Spinal cord injuries cost the U.S. healthcare system billions each year [6]. Depending on the type, spinal cord injuries can cost from around $430,000 to $1,300,000 in the first year and between $52,000 and $228,000 each subsequent year [6].  

    These numbers do not account for the extra costs associated with loss of wages and productivity which can reach approximately $89,000 each year [6]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one function of the spinal cord? 
    2. What is one way to prevent spinal cord injuries in any group? 
    3. Why do you think injuries caused by medical conditions are least likely to occur in the U.S.? 
    4. Why do you think the first year of care after the injury is the most costly?

    Think about someone you know (or cared for) who had a spinal cord injury. 

    1. Did they have total or partial loss of feeling and movement to the extremities? 
    2. What comorbidities or complications did they have associated with the injury? 
    3. In what ways did the injury affect their overall quality of life?

    Spinal Cord Injuries: Types and Complications

    Four Levels of the Spinal Cord 

    • Cervical (vertebrae C1 – C8): Neck; controls the back of the head down to the arms, hands, and diaphragm 
    • Thoracic (vertebrae T1 – T12): Upper mid-back; controls the chest muscles, many organs, some back muscles, and parts of the abdomen 
    • Lumbar (vertebrae L1 – L5): Lower back; controls parts of the lower abdomen, lower back, parts of the leg, buttocks, and some of the external genital organs 
    • Sacral (vertebrae S1 – S5): Lower back; controls the thighs down to the feet, anus, and most of the external genital organs 

     

    Types of Spinal Cord Injuries 

    Spinal cord injuries may be classified by level and degree of impairment. There are four types of spinal cord injuries [5]. 

     

    Injury Level 
    • Tetraplegia or Quadriplegia: Injury at the cervical level; loss of feeling or movement to the head, neck, and down. People with this type of spinal cord injury have the most impairment. 
    • Paraplegia: Injury at the thoracic level or below; limited or complete loss of feeling or movement to the lower part of the body.  

     

    Impairment 
    • Incomplete spinal cord injury: Some sensation and mobility below the level of injury as the spinal cord can still transmit some messages from the brain. 
    • Complete spinal cord injury: Total loss of all sensation and mobility below the level of injury. Spinal cord injuries of this type have the greatest functional loss. 

    Spinal Cord Injury Complications 

    Complications from spinal cord injuries can be physical, mental, or social, and can impact overall quality of life. There are six common complications of spinal cord injuries [2]. 

     

    Depression 

    Studies show that 32.9% of adults with disabilities experience frequent mental distress [7]. Mental distress may be related to functional limitations, chronic disease, and the increased need for healthcare services.  Up to 37% of people with spinal cord injuries develop depression [2]. 

     

    Pressure injuries 

    People with spinal cord injuries may have problems with circulation and skin sensation– both risk factors for pressure injuries. Some may be bedridden or wheelchair-bound which also places them at risk for pressure injuries. Up to 80% of people with spinal cord injuries will have a pressure injury during their lifetime and 30% will have more than one [2].  

     

    Spasticity 

    Around 65% - 78% of people with spinal cord injuries have spasticity [2]. Spasticity is uncontrolled muscle tightening or contraction. The damage from spinal cord injuries causes misfires in the nervous system leading to twitching, jerking, or stiffening of muscles. 

     

    Autonomic dysreflexia 

    In some people with spinal cord injuries, a full bladder or bowel distention can cause a potentially dangerous condition called autonomic dysreflexia. The full bladder or bowel triggers a sudden exaggerated reflex that causes an increase in blood pressure. This condition is also associated with a severe headache, low heart rate, cold skin, and sweating in the lower body [8]. 

     

    Respiratory problems 

    If the diaphragm function is affected, as with cervical spinal cord injuries, there may be breathing difficulties. People with lumbar spinal cord injuries can even have respiratory problems as the abdominal muscles are used to breathe. 

     

    Sexual problems 

    Due to changes in muscle function and depending on the degree of damage, people with spinal cord injuries may have problems with arousal and climax due to altered sensations and changes in sexual reflexes.  

     

    Changes in bowel and bladder function 

    Many people with spinal cord injuries lose bowel control. Bowel problems can include constipation, impaction, and incontinence. They may also have problems with urination, for example, urinary retention. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why might a person with a disability experience mental distress? 
    2. In what type of spinal cord injury does a person lose all sensation and mobility below the waist? 
    3. Why are people with spinal cord injuries at risk for pressure injuries? 
    4. How can spinal cord injuries affect a person’s personal relationships? 

    Bowel and Bladder Dysfunction in Spinal Cord Injuries 

    This section will cover the normal function of the bowel and bladder, and the types of bowel and bladder dysfunction that occurs in patients with spinal cord injuries.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    Think about a time you assisted with bowel or bladder management in someone with a spinal cord injury. 

    1. What types of activities were included in their bowel or bladder regimen? 
    2. What challenges did you encounter during bowel or bladder care? 
    3. What difficulties did they express to you about managing their bowel or bladder program? 
    4. In what ways did you assist them in managing their own bowel or bladder program?

    Normal Bowel and Bladder Function 

    In normal bowel and bladder function, when the rectum or bladder fills with stool/urine and presses on area nerves (stimulation), the message is sent to the spinal cord which sends it to the brain. The brain gives the person the “urge” feeling, allowing an option to control the elimination or not.  

    Whatever decision the person makes, the brain sends the message back to the spinal cord, which in turn sends a message to the elimination muscles (anal and bladder sphincters) to either relax or stay closed until the person is ready. In people with spinal cord injuries, the messages are limited or blocked, leading to problems with bowel and bladder control [9] [10].  

     

    Bowel Dysfunction with Spinal Cord Injuries 

    Reflex hypertonic neurogenic bowel occurs when a rectum full of stool presses against area nerves sending a message to the spinal cord, but it stops there. The message never makes it to the brain, so the person never gets the urge.  

    As a result, a reflex is set off, prompting the spinal cord to send a message to the anal muscle (sphincter) instead, causing it to relax and release the stool. This condition leads to bowel incontinence and usually occurs in spinal injuries at the cervical and thoracic levels [9] [10]. 

    Flaccid hypotonic bowel occurs when area nerves are also stimulated by a full rectum, but the message does not even reach the spinal cord, so there is no reflex. The anal sphincter is always in a relaxed state.  

    As a result, the bowels simply empty when they are full, and this can occur at any time without the person having the ability to control it. This condition results in bowel incontinence and can lead to constipation as the patient does not have the urge and may not have the ability to push. This condition usually occurs in spinal injuries at the lumbar level [9] [10]. 

     

    Bladder Dysfunction with Spinal Cord Injuries 

    Reflex neurogenic bladder occurs when the bladder automatically starts to contract after filling with a certain amount of urine. The person has no urge to go as the messages are either limited or blocked from reaching the brain, therefore leading to loss of bladder control. Similar to reflex hypertonic neurogenic bowel, the full bladder triggers are nerves that set off a reflex, prompting the spinal cord to send messages to the bladder releasing urine outside of the person’s control [9] [10]. 

    Acontractile bladder occurs when the bladder loses muscle tone after a spinal cord injury, lessening its ability to contract, leading to bladder distention, and dribbling of urine. People with this condition need to use urinary catheters to help empty the bladder [9]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one role of the brain in bowel and bladder function? 
    2. Which type of bowel dysfunction occurs in thoracic-level spinal cord injuries? 
    3. In which type of bowel dysfunction might a suppository be most effective? 
    4. In which type of bladder dysfunction does the bladder lose muscle tone? 

    The Nurse’s Role in Bowel and Bladder Management 

    This section will cover how nurses can assess, intervene, and teach when caring for patients with spinal cord injuries who have bowel and bladder dysfunction.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    Think about your experiences with patients with spinal cord injuries and their family or caregivers. 

      1. How knowledgeable was the patient about their bowel or bladder care? 
      2. In what ways were the family or caregiver involved in the plan of care? 
      3. Did the family or caregiver have any learning gaps that needed to be addressed? 
      4. What difficulties did the family or caregiver express to you about their role? 

    Nurse Assessments 

    When caring for patients with spinal cord injuries, nurses should obtain a detailed bowel and bladder history including diet, fluid intake, medications, and elimination patterns/habits [11]. Many of these patients may already manage their own bowel and bladder care at home.  

    If so, the nurse should obtain the patient’s current regimen and communicate the information to the physician. The physician may choose to continue the regimen or adjust as needed based on the patient’s current illness/condition.  

     

    Questions the nurse can ask the patient: 
    • What does your typical diet consist of? 
    • How much fluid do you drink on a daily basis? 
    • How often do you have a bowel movement or urinate? 
    • Do you schedule your bowel movements with assistance from medications? 
    • Are there certain body positions or things you do to help you pass stool more easily?
    • How often do you use an intermittent urinary catheter for bladder relief? 
    • How much time do you spend on your bowel and bladder regimens? 
    • Do you care for all of your elimination needs or does someone help you? 
    • How does your bowel and bladder dysfunction affect your quality of life? 

     

    Some assessments may be observed. For example, nurses may notice that the patient has a surgically placed permanent suprapubic urinary catheter or colostomy (when the bowel is cut somewhere above the level of the rectum and diverted to the outside of the abdomen). 

     

    Nurse Interventions 

    Since many patients with spinal cord injuries have problems with bowel and bladder function, elimination must be scheduled. Nurses can help by implementing bowel and bladder programs and providing education and support to patients, families, or caregivers.  

     

    Regimens 

    Follow the patient’s home bowel and bladder regimen (as ordered). This may include maintaining intermittent catheterization every few hours or administering suppositories daily.  

    For patients who do not have a regimen already or wish to modify their current one, encourage them to pay attention to how often they urinate and pass stools, elimination problems, foods that alleviate or worsen the problem, and medications or other things that help. This can be done through a diary. 

     

    Dietary Considerations 

    Educate patients on the importance of a fiber-rich diet to avoid constipation. Patients should also be made aware that high-fat foods, spicy foods, and caffeine can alter gut dynamics and lead to bowel incontinence episodes [12]. 

     

    Fluid Intake 

    Some patients may avoid drinking enough water to avoid bladder complications (e.g., frequent incontinent episodes) [12]. However, nurses should educate patients on the importance of adequate fluid intake to prevent constipation. Patients should be made aware that bladder and bowel elimination regimens go hand in hand. 

     

    Bladder Elimination 

    For bladder dysfunction, help patients perform intermittent urinary catheterization as needed or place a temporary urinary catheter (as ordered). 

     

    Bowel Elimination 

    For bowel dysfunction, administer ordered suppositories and laxatives to help the bowels move (use suppositories in conjunction with the level of sensation the patient has near the anus/rectum) [9]. Changes in body position may help as well.  

    While many of these interventions may not work in some patients with spinal cord injuries, bowel irrigation (water enemas) may be helpful [11]. Surgical placement of a colostomy may be indicated if all other measures have failed [11]. 

     

    Emotional Support 

    Ensure privacy and sensitivity during all elimination care as patients may experience embarrassment or frustration. 

     

    Education for Families or Caregivers 

    Provide education to families or caregivers on the importance of helping patients stay consistent with their elimination regimen, follow diet and fluid intake recommendations, and comply with medication orders.  

     

    Referrals 

    Inform the physician if interventions are not effective or if the patient, family, or caregiver has a special need (e.g., counselor or dietician). Refer patients and families or caregivers to support groups as needed.

     

    Support Groups and Resources 

    Christopher and Dana Reeve Foundation 

    Christopher Reeve – an actor who was left paralyzed after an equestrian accident – and his wife Dana’s legacy lives on through their foundation, an organization that advocates for people living with paralysis [13].  

     

    Miami Project to Cure Paralysis 

    In response to his son, who acquired a spinal cord injury during college football, NFL Hall of Famer Nick Buoniconti and world-renowned neurosurgeon Barth A. Green, M.D. started a research program aimed at finding a cure for paralysis and discovering new treatments for many other neurological injuries and disorders [14]. 

     

    National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research (NIDILRR) 

    The National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research, a part of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Administration for Community Living, helps people with disabilities integrate into society, employment, and independent living [15].  

     

    Paralyzed Veterans of America (PVA)  

    A group of World War II veterans who returned home with spinal cord injuries, started this organization to support those with spinal cord injuries and dysfunction. Today, the organization focuses on quality health care, research and education, benefits, and civil rights to affected veterans [16].  

     

    United Spinal Association 

    The United Spinal Association supports people with spinal cord injuries and those in wheelchairs. The organization advocates for disability rights like access to healthcare, mobility equipment, public transportation, and community support. Support groups can be found on their website [17).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    • What is one question a nurse can ask a patient to obtain a bowel and bladder history? 
    • How can nurses help patients with spinal cord injuries start or modify a bowel or bladder regimen? 
    • When might a colostomy be indicated for a patient with a spinal cord injury? 
    • What type of referral might be ordered for a patient with a spinal cord injury who has bowel or bladder dysfunction?

    Conclusion

    Spinal cord injuries can have devastating effects on patients and their families. Management of basic bodily functions like bowel and bladder elimination should be made as easy as possible for these patients.

    When nurses learn how to effectively help patients with spinal cord injuries better manage their own bowel and bladder regimens, quality of life and health outcomes may be improved for this group.

    Pressure Injury Prevention, Staging and Treatment

    Introduction   

    When hearing the term HAPI, what comes to mind? The fact is, HAPI may not necessarily generate happy thoughts. Hospital-acquired pressure injuries (HAPIs) are a significant problem in the U.S. today. In fact, pressure injuries in general – whether acquired in a hospital or not – are a global problem.

    Many articles have noted that staging and differentiating pressure injuries can be overwhelming for nurses [9]. The purpose of this course is to equip learners with the knowledge needed to reduce pressure injuries, resulting complications, financial risk, and associated death. The information in this course will serve as a valuable resource to nurses from all specialties and backgrounds.

    What is a pressure injury?

    The National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel (NPIAH) defines pressure injuries as “localized damage to the skin and underlying soft tissue usually over a bony prominence or related to a medical or other device” [17]. Pressure injuries can present as intact or opened skin and can be shallow or deep. Pressure injuries can be quite painful for patients and may require extensive treatment.

    Prior to 2016, pressure injuries were termed “pressure ulcers.” However, since ulcer implies “open skin,” the NPIAH changed it to “pressure injury” as the skin is not always open with some of these injuries [22][25].

     

    What causes a pressure injury to develop?

    Pressure 

    Intense and/or prolonged pressure on the patient’s skin and/or tissue can cause compromised blood flow and decreased sensation [7]. This can occur when patients lay or sit on a bony prominence for an extended period of time [16].  

    Bony prominences are areas where you can easily feel a bone underneath the skin or tissue when palpating. These can include the heels, hips, elbows, and tailbone. Approximately two-thirds of all pressure injuries occur on the hip and buttocks area [7]. 

     
    Friction and Shear 

    Friction and shear often happen when patients slide down in bed, for example, when the head of the bed is raised. Although “friction and shear” are often used together, there is actually a difference between the two.  

    While friction occurs when skin is dragged across a coarse surface (leading to surface-level injuries), shearing occurs when internal bodily structures and skin tissue move in opposite directions (leading to deep-level injuries) [10]. Shearing is often associated with a type of pressure injury called deep tissue injury (occurring in the deeper tissue layers rather than on the skin’s surface) [10].

     

    [24] 

     

    What are risk factors for developing a pressure injury? 

    There are numerous risk factors for pressure injuries – some of which may not be directly related to the skin. These risk factors can be categorized as either intrinsic factors (occurring from within the body) or extrinsic (occurring from outside of the body) [2][13]. 

     

    Intrinsic Risk Factors 

    - Poor skin perfusion (e.g., peripheral vascular disease or smoking) 

    - Sensation deficits (e.g., diabetic neuropathy or spinal cord injuries) 

    - Moist skin (e.g., urinary incontinence or excessive sweating) 

    - Inadequate nutrition (particularly poor protein intake) 

    - Poor skin elasticity (e.g., normal age-related skin changes) 

    - End of life/palliative (leads to organ failure including the skin) 

    - Limited mobility (i.e., bedridden, or wheelchair-bound) 

     

    Extrinsic Risk Factors 

    - Physical and chemical restraints (leads to limited mobility) 

    - Undergoing a procedure (laying down for extended periods of time) 

    - Length of hospital stay (for HAPIs) 

    - Medical devices (can lead to medical device-related pressure injuries)

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the most common areas for pressure injuries to develop? 
    2. What is the major difference between friction and shear? 
    3. What is one reason why elderly adults are at an increased risk for developing a pressure injury? 

    Statistical Evidence 

    This section will cover pressure injury statistics both globally and nationally. This section will also cover the impact pressure injuries have on healthcare.

    What is happening on a global scale? 

    In a global study, researchers found that the prevalence (all cases) and incidence (new cases) of pressure injuries in 2019 were 0.85 million and 3.17 million, respectively – numbers that have decreased over time [23][25]. Numbers were disproportionately high in high-income North America, Central Latin America, and Tropic Latin America [25]. Numbers were lowest in Central Asia and Southeast Asia. The report revealed that although numbers are high overall, they are much lower than what they were predicted to be, which may be attributed to better prevention and treatment initiatives.

    What is happening nationally? 

    In the U.S., 2.5 million people develop pressure injuries each year [1]. This number does not account for the many people trying to manage pressure injuries on their own at home (i.e., when family acts as the caregiver).  

    HAPIs in particular are a growing problem. The most recent data on hospital-acquired conditions in the U.S. shows that from 2014 to 2017, HAPIs increased by 6% (647,000 cases in 2014 to 683,000 in 2017) [6]. Each year 60,000 patients in the U.S. die as a direct result of pressure injuries [1]. 

    How do pressure injuries impact healthcare? 

    Pressure injuries can be quite costly to the healthcare system. These injuries can lead to persistent pain, prolonged infections, long-term disability, increased healthcare costs, and increased mortality [1].  

    In the U.S., pressure injuries cost between $9.1 - $11.6 billion per year [1]. These injuries are complex and can be difficult to treat [7]. Often requiring an interdisciplinary approach to care, the costs of one pressure injury admission can be substantial. Individual care for patients with pressure injuries ranges from $20,900 to $151,700 per injury [1]. Not to mention, more than 17,000 lawsuits are related to pressure injuries every year [1].  

    Due to the significant impact that these injuries have on healthcare, prevention and accurate diagnosis is imperative.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are possible contributing factors to the increase in HAPIs in the U.S.? 
    2. What are some factors that may contribute to the high costs of pressure injuries in healthcare settings?

    Staging and Diagnosis 

    The section will cover the staging, varying types, and diagnosis of pressure injuries.  

     

    What is the difference between wound assessment and staging? 

    Pressure injury staging is more than a basic wound assessment. Wound assessment includes visualizing the wound, measuring the size of the wound, paying attention to odors coming from the wound, and lightly palpating the area on and/or around the wound for abnormalities. Pressure injury staging, however, involves determining the specific cause of injury, depth of skin or tissue damage, and progression of the disease.  

     

    What are the six stages of pressure injuries? 

    According to NPIAP guidelines, there are six types of pressure injuries – four of which are stageable [14]. 

     

    [16] 

     

    Stage 1 

    In Stage 1 pressure injuries, there is intact skin with a localized area of non-blanchable erythema (pink or red in color), which may appear differently in darkly pigmented skin. Before visual changes are noted, there may be the presence of blanchable erythema or changes in sensation, temperature, or firmness. Stage 1 pressure injuries do not have a purple or maroon discoloration (this can indicate a deep tissue pressure injury). 

     

    Stage 2 

    In Stage 2 pressure injuries, there is partial-thickness loss of skin with exposed dermis. The wound bed is viable, pink or red, moist, and may represent an intact or opened serum-filled blister. Fat (adipose) and deeper tissues are not visible. Granulation tissue, slough (soft moist material, typically yellow or white), and eschar (hard necrotic tissue, typically black in color) are not present. Stage 2 injuries cannot be used to describe wounds associated with moisture-only, skin chaffing, medical adhesives, or trauma. 

     

    Stage 3 

    In Stage 3 pressure injuries, there is full-thickness loss of skin, in which fat is visible in the injury, and granulation tissue and rolled wound edges are often present. Slough and/or eschar may be noted. The depth of tissue damage is dependent on the area of the wound. Areas with a significant amount of fat can develop deep wounds.  

    Undermining (burrowing in one or more directions, may be wide) and tunneling (burrowing in one direction) may be present. Fascia, muscle, tendon, ligament, cartilage, and/or bone are not exposed. If slough or eschar covers the extent of tissue loss, this would be considered an unstageable pressure injury, not a Stage 3. 

     

    Stage 4 

    In Stage 4 pressure injuries, there is full-thickness skin and tissue loss with exposed or directly palpable fascia, muscle, tendon, ligament, cartilage, or bone in the wound. Slough and/or eschar may be visible. Rolled wound edges, undermining, and/or tunneling are often present. The area where the wound is present will determine the depth. As with stage 3 pressure injuries, if slough or eschar covers the extent of tissue loss, this would be considered an unstageable pressure injury. 

     

    Unstageable 

    In unstageable pressure injuries, there is full-thickness skin and tissue loss in which the extent of tissue damage within the wound cannot be confirmed because it is covered by slough or eschar. If the slough or eschar is removed, a Stage 3 or Stage 4 pressure injury will be revealed. Stable eschar (i.e., dry, adherent, intact without erythema or fluctuance) on an ischemic limb or the heel(s) should not be removed.  

     

    Deep Tissue Injury 

    In deep tissue pressure injuries (also termed: deep tissue injuries or DTIs), there is intact or non-intact skin with localized area or persistent non-blanchable deep red, maroon, purple discoloration, or epidermal separation revealing a dark wound bed or blood-filled blister.  

    Pain and temperature changes often precede skin color changes. Discoloration may appear differently in darker-pigmented skin. The injury may resolve without tissue loss or may worsen quickly and open up, revealing the actual extent of tissue injury. Deep tissue pressure injuries should not be used to describe vascular, traumatic, neuropathic, or dermatologic conditions.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do basic wound assessments differ from pressure injury staging? 
    2. What is the main difference between a Stage 1 pressure injury and deep tissue injury? 
    3. What is one structure you might see in a Stage 4 pressure injury wound bed that you would not see in any other pressure injury?

    What are other types of pressure injuries? 

    Mucosal Membrane Pressure Injury 

    Mucosal membrane pressure injuries are found on mucous membranes with a history of a medical device in use at the location of the injury. For example, a wound on the inside of a nostril from a nasogastric tube would be considered a mucosal membrane pressure injury. Due to the anatomy of the tissue, mucosal membrane pressure injuries cannot be staged [18]. 

     

    Medical Device-Related Pressure Injury 

    Medical device-related pressure injuries, often associated with healthcare facilities, resulting from the use of devices designed and applied for diagnostic or therapeutic purposes [15]. The resulting pressure injury typically conforms to the pattern or shape of the device which makes identification easier. The injury should be staged using the staging system.  

     

    Hospital Acquired Pressure Injury (HAPI) 

    While the general hospital setting places patients at a 5% to 15% increased risk of developing a pressure injury (HAPI), patients in the intensive (or critical) care unit in particular have an even higher risk [17]. Critical care patients typically have serious illnesses and conditions that may cause temporary or permanent functional decline. There is also evidence that pressure injuries in this setting can actually be unavoidable.  

    The NPIAP defines “unavoidable” pressure injuries as those that still develop after several measures by the health provider have been taken. These measures include when the provider has (a) evaluated the patient’s condition and pressure injury risk factors, (b) defined and implemented interventions consistent with standards of practice and the patient’s needs and goals, and (c) monitored and evaluated the impact of interventions [20]. There are certain situations in which a critical care patient may have a higher risk of developing unavoidable pressure injuries.  

    In one study of 154 critical care patients, researchers found that 41% of HAPIs were unavoidable and those who had a pressure injury in the past were five times more likely to develop an unavoidable pressure injury during their stay [20]. The study also found that the chance of developing an unavoidable HAPI increased the longer patients stayed in the hospital – a 4% risk increase each day.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What type of pressure injury can be caused by nasogastric tube use? 
    2. What is it about critical care patients that places them at a high risk for HAPIs? 
    3. In what situation is a pressure injury considered unavoidable?

    How are pressure injuries diagnosed? 

    Diagnosing a pressure injury is done by simply staging the injury. The health provider may stage the injury or rely on the nurse’s staging assessment before giving the final diagnosis and initiating treatment. There are tests that may be ordered to help identify the early stages of a developing injury.  

    For example, subepidermal moisture assessment (SEM) scanners may help to identify tissue changes early on in patients with darker skin tones [8]. Tests may also be ordered to determine the extent of the damage, disease, or infection caused by a pressure injury. A magnetic resonance imaging test (MRI) can be used to determine if the infection in a stage 4 pressure injury has spread to the bone. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some problems that can occur if a pressure injury is not staged correctly?  
    2. What is one reason a provider would order an MRI of a pressure injury?

    Prevention and Treatment 

    This section will cover various strategies that can be used to prevent and treat pressure injuries. 

     

    What are some ways to prevent pressure injuries? 

    Preventing pressure injuries takes more than just one nurse repositioning a patient every two hours. It involves a combination of strategies, protocols, and guidelines that facilities can implement across various departments, specialties, and care team members. The NIAPH recommends the following prevention strategies [19]. 

     

    Risk assessment 

    Facilities should use a standardized risk assessment tool to help identify patients at risk for pressure injuries (i.e., the Braden or Norton Scale). Rather than using the tool as the only risk assessment strategy, risk factors should be identified by other means (for example, by gathering a detailed patient history).  

    Risk assessments should be performed on a regular basis and updated as needed based on changes in the patient’s condition. Care plans should include risk assessment findings to address needs. 

     

    Skin Care 

    Monitoring and protecting the patient’s skin is vital for pressure injury prevention. Stage 1 pressure injuries should be identified early to prevent the progress of disease. These include looking at pressure points, temperature, and the skin beneath medical devices.  

    The frequency of assessments may change depending on the department. Ideally, assessments should be performed upon admission and at least once daily. Skin should also be cleaned promptly after incontinence episodes. 

     

    Nutritional Care 

    Tools should be used that help to identify patients at risk for malnutrition. Patients at risk should be referred to a registered dietician or nutritionist. Patients at risk should be weighed daily and monitored for any barriers to adequate nutritional intake. These may include swallowing difficulties, clogged feeding tubes, or delays in intravenous nutrition infusions. 

     

    Positioning and mobilization 

    Immobility can be related to age, general poor health, sedation, and more. Using offloading pressure activities and keeping patients mobile overall can prevent pressure injuries. Patients at risk should be assisted in turning and repositioning on a schedule. Pressure-relieving devices may be used as well. Patients should not be positioned on an area of previous pressure injury. 

     

    Monitoring, training, and leadership 

    Current and new cases of pressure injuries should be documented appropriately and reported. All care team members should be educated on pressure injury prevention and the importance of up-to-date care plans and documentation.  

    All care team members should be provided with appropriate resources to carry out all strategies outlined. Leadership should be available to all care team members for support (this may include a specialized wound care nurse or wound care provider). 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one reason why a patient at risk for pressure injuries would be weighed daily? 
    2. What are two ways to prevent pressure injuries in a patient with limited mobility?

    How are pressure injuries treated? 

    There is no one way to treat a pressure injury. Management of pressure injuries involves a specialized team of care providers and a combination of therapies that aim to target underlying factors and prevent complications [7]. Depending on the stage of the wound and skin risk factors, providers may order specific types of treatments.  

    Some pressure injury treatments may include the following [7]. 

    - Wound debridement – a procedure in which necrotic tissue is removed from a wound bed to prevent the growth of pathogens in the wound, allowing for healing 

    - Antibiotic therapy (topical or systemic) 

    - Medicated ointments applied to the wound bed (e.g., hydrogels, hydrocolloids, or saline-moistened gauze to enable granulation tissue to grow and the wound to heal) 

    - Nutritional therapies (e.g., referrals to dieticians) 

    - Disease management (e.g., controlling blood sugar in diabetes) 

    - Pain medications 

    - Physical therapy (to keep the patient active) 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. In what way does debridement help to heal a pressure injury? 
    2. What non-nursing care team member may be consulted for a patient with a pressure injury?

    The Nurse’s Role 

    The section will cover the nurse’s role in preventing pressure injuries and the progression of disease.  

     

    What is the nurse’s role in pressure injury prevention? 

    Based on NPIAH guidelines, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) – an agency that monitors pressure injury data for the U.S. – breaks down quality initiatives for preventing pressure injuries in a three-component care bundle [2].  

    A care bundle is a combination of best practices that when used together, can lead to better patient outcomes [2]. The care bundle includes skin assessments, risk assessments, and care planning. Nurses should follow the guidelines listed under each component. 

    Standardized pressure injury risk assessment 

    - Use risk assessment tools and processes to identify patients at risk 

    - Do not rely on tools only, use your own judgment as well (tools are meant to guide the assessment) 

    - Update risk scores at least once daily and if patient’s condition changes 

    - Document findings in the medical record 

    - Communicate findings to other staff involved for continuity of care (e.g., informing another nurse during patient handoff reporting) 

     

    Comprehensive skin assessment 

    - Identify any pressure injuries that may be present 

    - Determine whether there are other areas of skin breakdown or factors that may predispose the patient to develop a pressure injury (e.g., moist skin) 

    - Identify other skin issues 

    - Perform assessments at regular intervals 

    - Document findings in the medical record 

    - Communicate findings to other staff involved in care so that appropriate changes can be reported (e.g., informing the nursing assistant) 

    - Ask colleague to confirm findings for accuracy (i.e., two-nurse skin checks) 

     

    Care planning and implementation to address areas of risk 

    - Create care plans that include each skin risk factor (e.g., nutrition, mobility, and moisture) 

    - Update care plans as often as needed if there are any changes in the patient’s condition 

    - Evaluate whether care plan was effective by assessing patient response to interventions 

    -  Individualize care plans for each patient based on risk assessment scores and other observed risks 

    - Identify patient learning needs and implement teaching as needed 

    - Document care plan in the medical record 

    - Communicate care plan to other staff involved for continuity of care (e.g., informing another nurse during patient handoff reporting) 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why should nurses avoid relying solely on standardized assessment tools? 
    2. Why is documentation important when performing a skin assessment? 
    3. What pressure injury information should nurses communicate during handoff report?

    How can nurses prevent medical device-related pressure injuries?

    The NPIAP outlined best practices to prevent medical device-related pressure injuries in various settings including general care, long-term care, critical care, and pediatric care [20]. The following strategies apply across all settings. 

    - Choose the correct size of medical device for the individual. 

    - Cushion and protect the skin with dressings in high-risk areas (e.g., nasal bridge). 

    - Inspect the skin under and around the device at least daily (if not medically contraindicated).  

    - Rotate sites of oximetry probes.  

    - Rotate between O2 mask and prongs (if feasible).  

    - Reposition devices (if feasible).  

    - Avoid placement of device over sites of prior or existing pressure injury OR directly under the patient.  

    - Be aware of edema under the device and the potential for skin breakdown. 

    - Change rigid C-collar to softer collar when medically cleared (for critical care settings).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How can nurses prevent a pressure injury from developing on the ear of a patient who wears a nasal cannula?

    How can nurses identify pressure injuries in patients with darker skin tones? 

    Research suggests that it may be difficult to note early changes that can lead to the development of a pressure injury in patients with darker skin tones – for one, blanching may not be as visible [8]. This places the patient at a greater risk for the advancement of disease as early identification may be challenging.  

    In order to appropriately identify pressure injuries in patients with darker skin tones, nurses should use unique strategies. The NIPAH offers these recommendations for nurses to help accurately identify pressure injuries in this group [8]. 

     

    Identification tips 

    - Clean the suspected area beforehand 

    - Compare the area to surrounding unaffected areas 

    - Compare the area to the opposite laterality if possible (i.e., right versus left elbow) 

    - Compare the area to unaffected areas in a different location (i.e., upper back versus chest) 

    - Look for differences in skin tautness 

    - Look for shining skin changes 

    - Palpate for changes in skin temperature 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one way to identify pressure injuries in patients with darker skin tones? 

    How can nurses quickly differentiate between pressure injury stages? 

    Correct staging of pressure injuries is vital as treatment is determined by the extent of damage, disease, or infection. First and foremost, wounds should be gently cleaned prior to staging as drainage or debris can be mistaken for fat or bone within the wound bed [14].  

    Nurses can quickly differentiate between stages by asking these simple easy-to-understand starter questions. A more detailed assessment should follow. 

    - Stage 1 versus Stage 2: Is the skin intact? 

    Rationale: The skin is always intact in Stage 1. The skin is always open in Stage 2 (or there may be an intact blister present). 

    - Stage 2 versus Stage 3: Is the wound bed pink or beefy red? 

    Rationale: The wound bed is pink or beefy red in Stage 2. In Stage 3, the wound bed has structures within that may be discolored. 

    - Stage 3 versus Stage 4: Does the wound bed contain soft or firm structures? 

    Rationale: The wound bed contains softer structures in Stage 3. The wound bed contains firmer structures in Stage 4.* 

    - Unstageable versus Stageable: Is any part of the wound bed hidden? 

    Rationale: The wound bed is not entirely exposed in an unstageable. The wound bed is exposed in a stageable that is open. 

    - Intact DTI versus Stage 1: Is the discoloration light or dark? 

    Rationale: The discoloration is dark in a DTI. The discoloration is much lighter in Stage 1. 

    - Open DTI versus Stage 2: Is the discoloration in or around the wound bed dark? 

    Rationale: There is dark discoloration in or around the wound bed in an open DTI. In stage 2, the discoloration is much lighter (if even present). 

     

    *Nurses should familiarize themselves with the appearance of the various structures that may be present in a wound like fat, fascia, bone, tendon, ligament, etc. Most importantly, nurses should consult the wound care team or health provider if a stage cannot be determined. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why should nurses clean a wound prior to staging? 
    2. What should nurses do if unsure how to stage a pressure injury?

    What should patients know? 

    Facilities can use the NIAPH prevention strategies to devise teaching plans for patients [19]. Nurses should educate patients and families/caregivers on risk factors, signs and symptoms, prevention tips, and the importance of following through with treatment.  

    Nurses should also teach patients to advocate for their own health in order to avoid progression of disease. Here are important tips to teach at any point during the patient’s stay. These tips can apply to nurses working in a variety of settings. 

    - Tell the nurse or provider of your medical conditions (needed to identify risk factors) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you notice any numbness or tingling in your body (potential risk for sensory deficits) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you have a loss of appetite or trouble eating (potential risk for malnutrition) 

    - Clean yourself well after using the restroom (maintains skin integrity) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you need to use the restroom or need help with cleaning yourself (maintains skin integrity) 

    - Tell the nurse right away if you have an incontinence episode (maintains skin integrity) 

    - Take all prescribed medications (may include necessary antibiotics or wound-healing medications) 

    - Reposition yourself in bed often or tell the nurse if you need help doing so (reduces immobility risk) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you notice a new discolored area on your skin, or an open area (potential new or worsening pressure injury) 

    - Tell the nurse or provider if you notice any changes to your wound (potential worsening pressure injury) 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one pressure injury prevention tip nurses can teach hospitalized patients? 
    2. What signs or symptoms should nurses teach the patient to report?

    Quality Improvement 

    This section will cover the quality improvement measures in place to reduce pressure injuries. 

    What is a pressure injury quality improvement initiative? 

    Quality improvement involves setting goals (or initiatives) and standards of care. The goal of quality improvement is to improve patient outcomes at a systematic level where everyone involved is on the same page.  

    Although possibly unaware, all care team members are involved in quality improvement. Nursing leaders design, manage, and evaluate program initiatives. Staff nurses and other care team members follow protocols that are often developed from these initiatives.  

    The Pressure Injury Prevention Program is a guide designed by the AHRQ to help health facilities implement a structured pressure injury prevention initiative based on quality improvement [12]. Facilities can use the guide as a training toolkit to implement a new quality improvement program [5].  

     

    Initiative Goals: 

    - Reduced pressure injury rates 

    - Reduced adverse events related to pressure injuries 

    - Reduced costs associated with pressure injuries 

    - Reduced lawsuits related to pressure injuries 

     

    Ways facilities can implement a prevention program: 

    - Address the overall objectives of the prevention program 

    - Identify the needs for change and how to redesign practice 

    - Develop goals and plans for change 

    - Use the NIAPH pressure injury prevention recommended practices 

    - Establish comprehensive skin assessment protocols 

    - Standardize assessments of pressure injury risk factors 

    - Incorporate risk factors into individualized care planning 

    - Establish clear staff and leadership roles 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one reason why a health facility would start or update a pressure injury prevention program? 
    2. When pressure injury rates are reduced, what else can health facilities expect to improve as well?

    What are some pressure injury quality measures? 

    Quality measures are tools that measure a system’s healthcare goals and/or ability to provide high-quality care [11]. In simple terms, quality measures are specific ways that systems (governments, states, organizations, etc.) can show how they are making progress in meeting goals. The AHRQ highlights the following three ways the U.S. measures its progress.  

     

    Number of HAPIs 

    The AHRQ measures the number of HAPIs per year. The most recent data is from 2014 to 2017 [6].

     

    Year  Number of HAPIs 
    2014  647,000 
    2015  700,000 
    2016  677,000 
    2017  683,000 

     

    Rate of HAPIs per admission 

    The AHRQ measures the number of HAPIs per admission related to age groups. The number is measured as a “rate,” meaning the number of HAPIs per 1,000 hospital admissions. The most recent evidence is from 2017 [4]. 

     

    Age group  Number of HAPIs per 1,000 admissions 
    18 – 39   0.38 
    40 – 64   0.63 
    65 – 74   0.74 
    75 and over  0.71 

     

    Costs of HAPIs 

    Another quality measure is HAPI costs. While the AHRQ does not measure costs of HAPIs every single year, the most recent data is from 2017 [3].  

     

    Year  Cost of HAPIs per patient 
    2017  $8,573 – $21,075 

     

    Deaths related to HAPIs 

    Patient mortality rates related to HAPIs are a quality measure (calculated per 1,000 pressure injury cases). The most recent data is from 2017 [6]. 

     

    Year  Number of deaths per 1,000 pressure injury cases 
    2017  2.42 – 5.06  

      

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one way a health facility can show its progress in preventing pressure injuries? 
    2. What patient age range do you think has the most pressure injury rates? Age 65 to 74 or age 75 and over?

    Conclusion

     Pressure injuries are complex conditions that can lead to poor patient outcomes and a burdened healthcare system. The best strategy in the care of patients with pressure injuries or those at risk is prevention.  

    However, preventing these injuries involves more than individual nurses taking specific steps. Prevention of pressure injuries involves a team effort from all members of the care team and a systemic plan for improvement.

     

    Negative Pressure Wound Therapy (Wound Vac)

    Introduction   

    Negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT), also known as a wound vac, can be a powerful tool in combatting acute and chronic wounds. It relies on generating a negative pressure on the surface of a difficult wound to promote wound healing.

    The goal of this course is to develop an understanding of mechanism of action of NPWT, discuss appropriate nursing assessment of these wounds, evaluate adjunct treatment options and troubleshooting support tips.

    We will review basic concepts of the integumentary system and the normal wound healing process to support the rationale of NPWT.

    Definition

    Negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT) is the application of sub-atmospheric pressure to help reduce inflammatory exudate and promote granulation tissue in an effort to enhance wound healing (4). The idea of applying negative pressure therapy is that once the pressure is lower around the wound, the gentle vacuum suction can lift fluid and debris away and give the wound a fighting chance to heal naturally.

    NPWT has a long and interesting history. The idea of suctioning fluid from wounds as therapy is not a new concept. The process was first called “cupping” and was described in Ebers Papyrus around 500 BC; historians tell us that a form of wound suction was used around 1000 BC in China, 600 BC in Babylon and Assyria, and in 400 BC by Greeks who heated copper bowls over wounds to remove blood and fluids (5).

    Modern medicine has built upon a very old concept. Thankfully, nurses have a slightly easier tool in NPWT devices than heating copper bowls.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name the various methods of wound treatments that you have encountered?
    2. Do you recognize how negative pressure can create suction?

    Indications for Use 

    Negative pressure wound therapy is widely used for the management of both acute and chronic wounds. This therapy is helpful for a broad range of wounds, from pressure ulcers to closed surgical incisions.  

    The system is now implemented routinely for open wounds, such as open fractures, fasciotomies, diabetic foot ulcers, and infected wounds. Delayed wound healing and difficult wounds are seen more commonly in elderly patients and those with comorbidities (1).  

    It’s important to review the basic anatomy of our integumentary system, types of wounds, and barriers to healing to understand the usefulness of NPWT. 

     

    Basic Anatomy of Integumentary System 

    Our integumentary system is considered the body’s largest organ. Our skin acts as a shield against heat, light, bacteria, infection, and injury. Other functions include body temperature regulation, storage of water and fat, sensory function, prevention of water loss, and a basic storage compartment for the organs (6).  

     

    The skin is made up of 3 layers. Each layer has unique functions: 

    1. Epidermis 
    1. Dermis 
    1. Subcutaneous fat layer (hypodermis) 

     

    The epidermis is the thin outer layer of our skin, it contains squamous cells, basal cells, and melanocytes (gives skin its color). The dermis is the middle layer of skin, it contains blood vessels, hair follicles, sweat glands, nerves, lymph vessels, fibroblasts, and sebaceous glands (6). It is important to remember that the dermis contains nerves and nerve receptors. 

    The subcutaneous fat layer is the deepest layer of skin and is made up of a network of collagen and fat cells; this layer conserves the body's heat and protects the body from injury by acting as a shock absorber (6).

    This design was created on Canva.com on September 28, 2023. It is copyrighted by Abbie Schmitt, RN, MSN and may not be reproduced without permission from Nursing CE Central. 

     

    Types of Wounds 

    Negative pressure wound therapy is primarily used to treat complex wounds that are non-healing or at risk of non-healing. It is also indicated for acute wounds when the wound cannot be closed due to the risk of infection, active infection, skin tension, or swelling (7).  

    Closure or skin grafting of acute wounds, such as open fractures or burns, are at high risk for infection due to microorganisms becoming trapped in the soft tissue leading to abscess development.  

     

    Examples of possible wounds to apply NPWT (1):  

    • Diabetic foot ulcers 
    • Bed sores 
    • Skin graft fixation  
    • Burns 
    • Crush injuries 
    • Sternal/abdominal wound dehiscence  
    • Fasciotomy wounds 
    • Animal bites 
    • Frostbite 

     

    Barriers to Healing 

    Age 

    • Increased risk of tearing and shearing due to thinning of epidermis and decrease in elastin 
    • Phases of healing are prolonged 
    • Increased risk of dehiscence as the dermis has slower contractility 
    • Skin more susceptible to bacterial growth and infections as pH becomes more neutral with age  

     

    Co-morbidities 

    • Cardiopulmonary Disease 
    • Oxygen-transport pathways are affected 
    • O2 necessary for wound healing 
    • Diabetes Mellitus 
    • High glycemic levels predispose patients to infection 
    • Microvasculature and neuropathic components of DM increase the risk for impaired healing  
    • Poor glycemic control can increase the risk of ulceration and delayed healing 
    • Immune-suppressing conditions (Cancer, HIV, immunosuppressive therapy, immunosuppression syndrome) 
    • Inflammatory phase (immunology) is impaired 
    • Increased risk for infection 

     

    Impaired Perfusion and Oxygenation 

    • Peripheral Vascular Impairment 
    • Proper perfusion is required for growth of new tissue and immunological responses of the tissue. 
    • Arterial insufficiency (blood flow to extremities) leads to necrosis or lack of response to edema. 

     

    Neurological Impairment  

    • Peripheral neuropathy 
    • Complication related to DM, alcoholism, chemotherapy 
    • Loss of neuronal signaling and transmission 
    • Loss of the sensory ability to recognize and react to sensations of touch, pressure, temperature, pain. Example: patient leaving foot on hot surface because there was no pain sensation, leading to burn wound. 
    • Spinal cord injury 

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Are you familiar with the layers and components that make up the integumentary system?
    2. Have you ever cared for a patient with a chronic wound?
    3. What are some ways the elderly population is at higher risk for prolonged wound healing?

    Mechanism of Action 

    The mechanism of action is dependent on applying negative pressure, which is below atmospheric pressure, to the wound. This pressure allows the gentle vacuum suction to lift fluid and exudate away from the wound to enhance healing (3).  

    The vacuum is gentle because powerful suction would remove newly formed tissue as well. The mechanism of action is not only in removing fluid and debris from the tissue, but the pressure causes stimulation of the growth of granulation tissue at a macroscopic and microscopic level.  

    The porous foam shrinks in size with the application of negative pressure and exerts strain on the wound bed, which leads to macro- and micro-deformation of the wound (3). Microdeformation is simply a term used to describe microscopic tissue cell reactions. This reaction can be compared to a battery jump-start of a car; the stimulation causes the battery to engage. 

    NPWT systems consist of a sterile foam sponge, a semi-occlusive adhesive cover, a fluid collection system or canister, and a suction pump (1). The foam sponge is applied to the wound and covered. A fenestrated tube is embedded in the foam and the wound is sealed with adhesive tape to make it airtight, and the machine delivers continuous or intermittent suction, ranging from 50 to 125 mmHg (1). 

     


     

    This design was created on Canva.com on October 1, 2023. It is copyrighted by Abbie Schmitt, RN, MSN and may not be reproduced without permission from Nursing CE Central. 

    Proper application of the NPWT is important for the mechanism of action to be effective. Research supports that NPWT is effective at creating a stable wound environment, reduces inflammation and bacterial load, improves tissue perfusion, and stimulates granulation tissue and angiogenesis (1).  

    Imagine you want to plant a garden in a swampy location, you would first need to divert the water and algae from the land, cover it with a greenhouse with consistent heat and pressure, and cultivate the soil for optimal growth. Similarly, NPWT creates the most ideal conditions possible for tissue regeneration.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name the components of NPWT?
    2. Have you ever applied a wound vac dressing?
    3. Are you familiar with the other semipermeable materials that serve as a filter?

    Contraindications 

    NPWT would be contraindicated for the following: 

    • Wounds involving untreated osteomyelitis. 
    • Wounds that have exposed blood vessel 
    • Wounds with exposed nerves, anastomotic sites, or organs 
    • Wounds including open joint capsules 
    • Malignant wounds 
    • Wounds with necrotic tissue; it is recommended to excise first 

     

    The following wounds could benefit from NPWT, but caution should be given (5): 

    • Wounds with visible fistula 
    • Wounds with exposed bone or tendon 
    • The bone or tendon should be isolated from direct pressure  
    • Patient with clotting disorders or that are taking anticoagulants, due to an increased risk of bleeding. 
    • Compromised microvascular blood flow to the wound bed. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you think of reasons a malignant, cancerous wound should not have NPWT?
    2. Have you ever dressed a wound prior to or following debridement?

    Assessment 

    A focused assessment should be done for patients with NPWT devices in place, both on the machine settings, the dressing, and the wound itself. Thorough documentation of the wound is essential to see the progression of wound healing. 

     

    Suction Device Settings: 

    • Continuous or intermittent 
    • Pressure Setting: Range of pressure settings from -40mmHg to -200mmHg, which can be tailored for different types of wounds (7). This is set by the medical provider. 

     

    Laboratory assessment is meaningful in wound care. Labs can be used to assess oxygenation or indicators of infection (6). 

     

    Dressing Assessment 

    The appearance of the NPWT and dressing should be clean, dry, intact, and sealed. The tubing should not be twisted or kinked, and the clear adhesive dressing should not be wrinkled or overlapping. Please see below an example of the appropriate appearance of a dressing. 

     

    Wound Assessment: 
    • Anatomic location 
    • Type of wound  
    • Degree of tissue damage 
    • Description of wound bed 
    • Wound size 
    • Wound edges and surrounding skin 
    • Signs of infection 
    • Pain 

     

    Anatomical Location  

    Anatomical terms and numbering should be used to make sure the location of each wound is documented. Patients often have more than one wound, so the treatment needs to be specified for each wound.  

     

    Wound Base 

    Assess the color of the wound base. Healthy granulation tissue appears pink and moist due to the new capillary formation. The appearance of slough (yellow) or eschar (black) in the wound base should be documented and communicated to the health care provider (1).  

    This tissue may need to be removed to optimize healing. If any discoloration or duskiness of the wound bed or wound edges are identified, the suction should initially be reduced or switched off (7).  

     

    Type and Amount of Exudate 

    Assess the color, thickness, and amount of exudate (drainage) The amount of drainage from wounds is categorized as scant, small/minimal, moderate, or large/copious.  

    Terms are used when describing exudate: sanguineous, serous, serosanguinous, and purulent (6).  

    • Sanguineous: fresh bleeding  
    • Serous: Clear, thin, watery plasma 
    • Serosanguinous: Serous drainage with small amounts of blood noted 
    • Purulent: Thick and opaque. The color can be tan, yellow, green, or brown. This is an abnormal finding and should be reported to a physician or wound care provider. 

     

    Wound Size  

    Wounds should be measured on admission, wound vac dressing changes, or as needed for abnormal events. Many healthcare facilities use disposable, clear plastic measurement tools to measure the area of a wound.  

    Consistent measurement is vital to the assessment of wound healing. 

    • Measure the greatest length, width, and depth of the wound in centimeters 
    • Examples of wound classification tools: 
    • NPUAP staging system for pressure injuries 
    • Payne-Martin classification system for skin tears 
    • CEAP (clinical, etiologic, anatomic, and pathophysiology) system for venous ulcers 

     

    Tunneling or Undermining 

    Tunneling is when a wound has moved underneath the skin, making a “tunnel.” The depth of tunneling can be measured by gently inserting a sterile, cotton-tipped applicator into the tunnel and noting the length from the wound base to the end of the tract (7). Undermining occurs when the tissue under the wound edges becomes eroded, resulting in a pocket beneath the skin at the wound’s edge.  

     

    Healing Process 

    It is important to recognize the entire process of normal wound healing. There are four phases of wound healing: hemostasis, inflammatory, proliferative, and maturation (6).  

    Hemostasis begins immediately after injury, involving platelet aggregation and activation of clotting factor (6). A platelet “plug” is formed as fibrinogen converts to fibrin and binds to itself. Vasoconstriction occurs at this time, decreasing blood loss and allowing clot formation.  

    The inflammatory phase begins right after the injury and the injured blood vessels leak and cause localized swelling. The swelling, warmth, pain, and redness present during this stage of wound healing are related to the release of white blood cells, growth factors, nutrients, and enzymes to help control bleeding and prevent infection (6).  

    The proliferative phase of wound healing involves “rebuilding” with new tissue made up of collagen and extracellular matrix; granulation tissue is built stronger with proper oxygen and nutrients.  

    Key nursing knowledge: Dark granulation tissue can indicate infection, ischemia, or poor perfusion. The maturation phase of wound healing is when collagen is remodeled, aligns along tension lines, water is reabsorbed so the collagen fibers can lie closer together and cross-link, and the wound fully closes (1). 

    There are three types of wound healing: primary intention, secondary intention, and tertiary intention.  

    Primary intention means that the wound healing is supported by sutures, staples, glue, or otherwise closed so the wound heals beneath the closure (6).  

    Secondary intention must happen when the edges of a wound cannot be approximated, or “brought together,” so the wound heals with the production of granulation tissue from the bottom up (6).  

    Wounds that heal by secondary intention are at higher risk for infection, so contamination prevention is essential. Pressure ulcers are an example of wounds that heal by secondary intention.  

    Tertiary intention refers to a wound that needs to remain open, often due to severe infection. Wounds with secondary and tertiary intention have longer healing times (2). 

    Alternatives when NPWT fails 
    • Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy (HBOT): 
    • HBOT is a treatment in which the wound is exposed to pure oxygen in a pressurized chamber to enhance wound healing (3). 

     

    • Bioengineered Tissue:  
    • Skin grafting or bioengineered tissue to promote tissue growth and healing.  
    • Skin grafts are considered as a treatment option if a wound is so large that it can’t close on its own. In this procedure, skin is taken from another part of your body – usually your thigh – and transplanted onto the wound (2). 
    • Some grafts are made from human cell products and synthetic materials. Studies have shown that these increase the chances of poorly healing venous leg ulcers closing faster. (2) 
    • Electrical Stimulation Therapy:  
    • Electrical stimulation therapy applies electrical currents to stimulate wound healing and tissue generation (4). It may be used to treat chronic wounds or pressure ulcers. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever cared for a patient with a wound that was unable to be stitched or sutured?
    2. Can you describe the importance of thorough, descriptive documentation of multiple wounds?
    3. Can you think of barriers to the normal wound healing process?

    Adjunct Treatment Options 

    When selecting an adjunctive therapy for wound management, the patient's medical history, overall health, co-morbidities, ambulation status, psychosocial aspects, environmental factors, and the specific needs of the wound should all be considered. Each patient is unique, and an individualized care plan is the goal.  

    Treatment of the underlying contributing disorder will be essential. For example, a patient with uncontrolled diabetes that has led to poor circulation can benefit from glycemic control.  

    Take a look at the larger, holistic picture. It can be helpful for the healthcare team to create a concept map of problems that contribute to the wound. 

     

    Topical Agents and Dressings 

    Various creams, ointments, or dressings can promote wound healing and prevent infection. One example is silver-based products, which are commonly used in reducing bacterial burden and treating wound infection (4). 

     

    Nutrition Therapy for Wound Healing 

    Patients with wounds would benefit from nutrition consultation and ongoing support.  

    Nutrients from foods help the body build and repair tissue and fight infection. An increase in calories and protein is important, as well as blood sugar control for diabetics.  

    Vitamins C, D, B-6, B-12, folate, and others aid in repairing tissues (6). Minerals such as iron, magnesium, calcium, zinc, and others support the cardiovascular system making sure cells have enough oxygen, the nervous system, and immunological function (6). 

     

    Compression Therapy 

    Compression therapy uses pressure to reduce swelling and improve blood flow to the wound. There are common compression devices or stockings available. It is frequently used to treat venous leg ulcers (6). 

     

    Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy (HBOT) 

    HBOT can also be used as an adjunct treatment in which the patient breathes pure oxygen in a pressurized chamber to increase the amount of oxygen in the blood, which enhances wound healing (3). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever provided patient education on how nutrition impacts the immune system and wound healing?

    Troubleshooting Tips 

    You may encounter complications with the wound dressing or the wound vac equipment. The most common complications associated with NPWT are pain, bleeding, and infection (7).  

    The wound therapy relies on an adequate seal similar to a regular vacuum, so a loss of suction can result in ineffective treatment. If loss of seal occurs, the nurse should assess the seal around the wound dressing and note if the transparent adhesive sealant tape has either been misapplied or has come off due to poor contact with the underlying skin.  

    A loss of suction could also result from incorrect placement of the suction drain tube, loss of battery power, blockage of the suction drain tube, or if the suction device is full of output (7). Sometimes the location of the wound leads to difficulty in keeping the dressing seal in place; for example, the abdomen or near joints, so movement can misplace the dressing and break the seal. Patient education is key to maintaining proper suction. 

     

    Troubleshooting Tips: 

    • Confirm the machine is on and set to the appropriate negative pressure. 
    • Make sure the foam is collapsed and the NPWT device is maintaining the prescribed therapy and pressure. 
    • Assess the negative pressure seal and check for leaks. 
    • Check for kinks in the tubing and make sure all clamps are open. 
    • Avoid getting the machine wet. 
    • Assess the drainage chamber to make sure it is filling correctly and does not need changing. 
    • Address alarm issues: 
    • Canister may be full 
    • Leak in the system  
    • Low/dead Battery 
    • The device should not be turned off for more than two hours without ordered discontinuation. 
    • If the device is off, apply a moist dressing and notify the provider immediately. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name reasons the NPWT device may sound an alarm?
    2. Can you think of barriers to proper suction? (ex: kinks in tubing, full canister, etc.)

    Case Study 

    Mr. Smith is a 59-year-old male presented to his primary care provider and referred to general surgery; diagnosed with lymphedema and multiple, copiously draining ulcerations on the left lower extremity.  

    The patient presented with lymphedema and multiple ulcerations on the left lower extremity with copious amounts of drainage. This is an ongoing, worsening issue for over 8 months and has failed to respond to compression, foam dressings, or hydrocolloid dressing.  

    The hospitalist has ordered surgical consultation, who scheduled debridement of the wounds and application of a wound vac following the procedure; Negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT) orders in place.  

     

    CHIEF COMPLAINT: "The sores on my feet are draining more and I can no longer go to work because my boots do not fit on my foot.” He also reports a loss of appetite, chills, and loss of sensation to his left lower extremity.  

    HISTORY OF PRESENT ILLNESS: Patient is a 59-year-old truck driver who has previous medical history of DM Type II, hypertension requiring use of anti-hypertensive medication, and hyperlipidemia (non-compliant with medication regimen). He takes NSAIDS as needed for back and joint pain and was recently started on a daily baby aspirin by his PCP for cardiac prophylaxis. He denies alcohol intake. He reports smoking a pack of cigarettes per day. 

    PHYSICAL EXAMINATION: Examination reveals an alert and oriented 59-YO male. He appears anxious and irritated. Vital sips are as follows. Blood Pressure 155/90 mmHg, Heart Rate 120/min - HR Thready - Respiratory Rate - 20 /minute; Temperature 98.0  

    ENT/SKIN: Facial pallor and cool, moist skin are noted. No telangiectasia of the lips or oral cavity is noted. Wound: 3 cm x 2 cm x 1 cm wound to lateral LLE. Wound base is dark red with yellow-green drainage present. Removed 4 x 4 dressing has a 5 cm diameter ring of drainage present. The surrounding skin is red, warm, tender to palpation, and with a dusky appearance to the entire LLE.  

    CHEST: Lungs are clear to auscultation and percussion. The cardiac exam reveals a regular rhythm with an S4. No murmur is appreciated. Peripheral pulses are present but are rapid and weak. A positive Stemmer sign was noted and palpable pedal pulses with mild symptoms of venous insufficiency were noted. 

    ABDOMEN/RECTUM: The abdomen reveals a rounded abdomen. Bowel sounds are present.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Discuss abnormal findings noted during History & Physical Examination. 
    2. Evaluate additional data to obtain possible diagnostic testing, treatment, nursing interventions, and care plans. 
    3. Discuss how the patient’s comorbidities may be attributed to prolonged wound healing. 
    4. What suction settings would the nurse expect to be ordered?

    Conclusion

    Hopefully, upon completion of this course, you feel empowered and curious about the use of negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT). Wound vacs can be a powerful tool in combatting acute and chronic wounds, it is a well-documented concept throughout history.

    The nurse should be knowledgeable on the integumentary system makeup and types of wounds this therapy is indicated for. The mechanism of action of NPWT is critical knowledge when assessing the healing of a wound. Adjunct treatment options and troubleshooting support tips are also meaningful in the care of patients with NPWT.

    Nutritional Interventions to Promote Wound Healing

    Introduction   

    The medical field is an ever-evolving and constantly changing arena. Advances in technology and an increased understanding of how the body works have produced newer and better procedures and techniques in healing. These initiatives, as innovative as they may be, still depend on the body’s ability to heal itself as the foundation of the recovery process.  

    In turn, the body needs proper nutrition to support the healing process within itself. Nutrition is often overlooked by nurses even though it is arguably the most critical aspect of physical healing. 

    Factors That Impact Wound Healing 

    Wound healing is a complex process. There are a myriad of factors that impact the body’s ability to heal and recover from an injury. Comorbidities, genetic disorders, medications, and, in some cases, disease treatments (chemotherapy, radiation, steroids, etc.) can all have the potential to slow, change, or interfere with normal wound healing (2). For this course, we will discuss a few of the more common factors that nurses will undoubtedly come across during their practice. 

     

    Diabetes 

    It is estimated that this growing, global disease will impact forty million people by the year 2030. It has been proven that diabetes is responsible for more than one hundred changes in wound healing.  

    These alterations have been seen across all four phases of wound healing. Platelet activation, epithelialization, collagen deposition, and granulation tissue formation are among the alterations that take place with diabetes. Worsening renal function/failure and peripheral vascular disease as a result of diabetes also affect the wound-healing process (2). 

     

    Renal Failure 

    Though most patients who have chronic kidney disease or renal failure also have multiple comorbidities that cause the renal problem, renal failure does, independently, bring a risk of diminished wound healing. Tissue edema, delayed granulation, chronic inflammation, and decreased vessel formation are all ways that renal failure impacts wound healing.  

    Hemodialysis, a life-sustaining treatment of chronic renal failure, adds fuel to the fire when it comes to risks of diminished wound healing. Protein and water-soluble vitamins and nutrients are lost through the dialysis process. This includes zinc and iron and will lead to deficiencies in these needed nutrients. Further, patients on hemodialysis and patients who receive a kidney transplant as treatment for renal failure are both at higher risk for developing infections (2).  

     

     

     

     

    Smoking 

    Smoking causes multiple alterations within the body at the molecular level that affect normal wound healing. Vasoconstriction caused by smoking worsens wound ischemia. The highly documented negative impact that smoking has on wound healing has led physicians to decline some elective surgeries due to the risk of poor wound healing (2). 

     

    Infection 

    It is not fully understood how infection alters wound healing. It is believed to be a multifactorial process that has a range of properties that can be progressive in nature; infection-necrosis-sepsis-death. The bacteria create an environment where the collagen that repairs the injured tissue is destroyed (2). 

     

    Obesity 

    Obesity complicates virtually every disease process including normal wound healing. Wound healing complications due to obesity include increased rates of infection, hematomas, and dehiscence. Local hypoxia is also a complication that impacts wound healing (2). 

     

    Age 

    Aging also has an impact on wound healing. During the aging process, the skin loses elasticity, thickness, and water content. There is also a decrease in the skin’s blood vessels as it ages, reducing the capacity for oxygenation and nutrients. Wound closure becomes slower with aging; by age forty, the amount of time for an identical wound to heal doubles from age twenty. After the age of fifty, dermal collagen decreases by one percent per year (2). 

     

    Malnutrition 

    Malnutrition or undernutrition has a variety of effects on wound healing. Good nutrition is essential for proper wound healing and the overall recovery of the body after an injury.  

    Malnutrition can lead to the loss of immune function which will affect the body’s response to infection. With malnutrition, the skin becomes thin and frail thus more apt to develop wounds. Pressure wounds are also more likely as fat deposits over pressure points become depleted. The lack of energy during malnutrition leads to immobility, increasing the possibility of wounds. Collagen synthesis is also decreased (5).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Name three factors that can affect wound healing. 
    2. How does age and aging impact wound healing?
    3. What are two ways that malnutrition impacts wound healing?

    Phases of Wound Healing 

    Once again, wound healing is a complex process. From a simple pin prick to a stage-four decubitus ulcer, the wound healing process itself remains the same. The body will go through the four phases of wound healing to repair the damage.  

     

    Hemostasis 

    The first phase of wound healing is hemostasis. Whether by surgery or trauma, the body attempts to achieve hemostasis at the time of the injury. The intrinsic and extrinsic coagulation cascades are activated by the body.  

    Vasoconstriction takes place while platelet aggregation occurs to form a fibrin clot. This is all in an effort of the body to stop the bleeding to bring about hemostasis. As the platelets arrive at the site of injury, cytokines and growth factors are released by the platelets to initiate the inflammation process (3) (4) (5). 

     

    Inflammation 

    Inflammation is the second phase of wound healing. It starts once hemostasis has been re-established. During this phase, the previous vasoconstriction reverses and the vessels dilate.  

    This brings blood to the injury site along with neutrophils, macrophages, monocytes, and other inflammatory cells. Phagocytosis is initiated and the wound is cleansed by the removal of bacteria. The wound site will swell and there may be some restrictions in mobility to the affected area (3) (5). 

     

    Proliferation 

    Phase three is proliferation. In this phase, rebuilding of the wounded tissue begins. The number of fibroblasts increases and begins to build a collagen network and prepare the wound base for new granulation tissue.  

    At the same time, new blood vessels are created; a highway for oxygen and nutrients to be supplied to the site. By the end of this phase, the foundation will have been laid for full epithelialization (3) (5). 

     

    Remodeling 

    The final phase of wound healing is remodeling. Epithelialization is in full swing once granulation tissue has filled the wound. This process stimulates skin integrity restoration.  

    Scar tissue is formed as proteins such as collagen and elastin along with keratinocytes are produced. The wound closes and begins to strengthen and appear “normal”; it may take a couple of years for the site to return to its fully functional pre-injured status (3). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How many phases of wound healing are there? 
    2. Name all the phases of wound healing in order.
    3. What happens during the proliferation phase of wound healing?

    How Does Nutrition Impact Healing? 

    Nutrition is, perhaps, the most important underlying aspect of wound healing. The mechanism of wound healing and the role nutrition plays in that process is very complex.  

    Adding nutritional interventions to the wound healing care plan is generally low cost and will increase the probability of a full recovery. Nutrition is essential for all phases of the healing process. It is the foundation of wound healing.  

    The malnourished patient will have difficulty progressing through the wound healing phases. Proper nutrition will also help prevent wounds such as pressure ulcers from developing in the first place.  

    Understanding which nutrients are needed through the phases of wound healing will help to devise a nutritional plan of care. Energy is required in all the phases of wound healing and is only made possible through proper nutrition (3). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. In what phase of wound healing is proper nutrition essential?  

    Common Deficiencies 

    Nutrients and proteins are the building blocks of life. They are needed for growth, maintenance, and healing of the body. Many types of nutrient deficiencies greatly impact the healing process. Here, we will discuss some of the more common nutrient deficiencies. 

     

    Iron 

    Iron plays a key role in the synthesis of hemoglobin. Hemoglobin delivers oxygen throughout the body; oxygen is required through all phases of wound healing. Iron deficiencies can lead to anemia and decreased tissue perfusion. An iron deficiency will also affect protein synthesis, macrophage function, and overall wound strength (3) (6). 

     

     

     

     

     

    Vitamin A 

    When it comes to wound healing, vitamin A quickens collagen synthesis and the overall inflammatory phase. A deficiency in vitamin A decreases collagen production, epithelization, and tissue granulation (9). 

     
    Vitamin B 

    There are eight vitamins included in the vitamin B complex. Each of the eight vitamins has its own daily recommended intake. Vitamin B promotes cell proliferation and promotes normal metabolism. In the presence of a wound, some dietitians promote doubling the daily recommended intake of the B vitamins (3). 

     

    Vitamin C 

    Vitamin C (ascorbic acid) assists with iron absorption. It is also essential in the process of collagen formation. Without vitamin C, the immune response cannot take place as needed. There are many sources of vitamin C readily available for everyday consumption (6). 

     

    Zinc 

    Zinc is used through all phases of the wound-healing process. It is used to initiate and modulate enzyme function throughout the wound healing phases. It affects immunity and assists in fibroblast proliferation and collagen production. It is also needed for granulation tissue formation (5) (6). 

     

    Amino Acids 

    Protein and amino acids are another set of nutrients that are highly essential in wound healing. The blood’s most abundant amino acid, glutamine, provides the body’s preferred energy source, glucose. Increased levels of glutamine have been shown to help with wound strength and increase the levels of mature collagen.  

    Generally, the body is able to produce enough glutamine for regular function. In times of stress on the body, such as a wound, glutamine is sought out in the diet. Arginine assists in modulating the collagen deposits, increases new vessel formation, and aids in wound contraction (3). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Name three common nutrient deficiencies that the nurse may encounter. 
    2. What are two amino acids that play key roles in wound healing?
    3. An iron deficiency can lead to what issues?
    4. Which phases of wound healing require zinc to complete the phase?

    Special Considerations 

    Tube Feedings 

    Patients who use tube feedings or enteral feedings are in a unique situation when it comes to wound healing and nutrition. Once a proper nutrition assessment has been performed, a tailor-made nutrition-rich diet can be formulated and administered directly into the gut.  

    Studies have shown that different formulas with supplemental nutrients have increased the ability of the body to heal faster than those without supplements. With tube feedings, patients don’t need to prefer the taste of one formula over another as it is delivered through the tube.  

    The amount of formula can also be adjusted as the patient’s needs change. Though some formulas may have side effects such as diarrhea, the overall benefits usually outweigh such side effects (8). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What considerations are there for patients with tube feedings?

    2. What is a pitfall when using tube feedings to deliver full nutrition?

    Chronic and Terminal Illness 

    Autoimmune, inflammatory, and cancers are among the chronic and terminal diseases that are under special consideration when it comes to wound healing. These types of diseases can interrupt the immune/inflammatory response of the body thus prolonging the phases of wound healing.  

    When a wound develops on a patient who is immunocompromised, there is a higher incidence of wound infection which will delay wound healing. In many of these diseases, there may be circulatory issues that decrease the body’s ability to provide the affected area with nutrient-rich blood.  

    Chronic illnesses often decrease the patient’s energy levels. This can lead to immobility and increases the risk of wounds developing.  

    Further, for many of these types of issues, the treatment itself can have adverse effects on wound healing. Chemotherapy, radiation therapy, and immunosuppressants all decrease the body’s ability to heal and increase the rates of infection in wounds (2). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are three types of chronic or terminal diseases? 
    2. What issue is an immunocompromised patient at risk for?
    3. What are two treatments for chronic illness that can affect wound healing?

    Supplements 

    Nutritional supplements have been shown to improve wound healing and recovery outcomes. It is important that the supplements are given under the supervision of a provider as too much of some nutrients can have a detrimental effect on wound healing.  

    A proper nutrition screening should be performed on all patients with wounds so that the nutrition plan can be tailored to the individual patient. These improvements to wound healing with nutritional supplementation differ based on the type of wound and the overall health of the patient.  

    The patient should be monitored and reassessed regularly by a dietitian. Again, there is no cookie-cutter supplement regimen.  

    Another factor to consider with supplements is the ease of following the supplement regimen. Hard to swallow pills or foul-tasting food/liquids may have a negative impact on the patient’s ability to adhere to the supplement regimen.  

    Allowing the patient to choose (with the input of the provider) the method of supplement delivery along with a choice of flavors will help increase compliance with the prescribed regimen (1). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What should be done prior to starting dietary supplements? 
    2. Who should assess and reassess a patient’s dietary status?
    3. Why is the method of supplement delivery important?

    Patient Education 

    Throughout the entire wound healing process, patient education is a must. Not only is it important so that the patient can make an informed decision about their care, but the patient should understand what is going on with their bodies.  

    Education fuels compliance. A comprehensive nutrition assessment will not only provide a baseline of the patient’s nutritional status but will also help identify gaps in the patient’s understanding.  

    This is where the education can be focused to best help the patient meet their wound healing goals. Education must include which foods contain which nutrients, the amount of these foods to eat, and which foods will interact with the absorption processes of the nutrients.  

    Discussing normal daily requirements and the requirements needed during wound healing is also needed (1). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Why is education important when discussing nutrition and wound healing?

    Conclusion

    Nutrition plays a key role in wound healing. There are many factors that affect the body’s ability to acquire and use the needed nutrients. One of the most important considerations that we as healthcare providers need to put into practice is determining a patient’s nutritional status.  

    A nutritional assessment should be done on patients with wounds so that a proper plan of care can be developed. Often, nutrition is an afterthought when in reality it is the foundation on which other treatments should be built upon.  

    Once this has been established, the patient’s plan of care can be implemented and must include nutritional education. Needed supplements to increase the patient’s ability to heal can be added or removed as necessary when the reassessments have been completed. 

    Ostomy Management

    Introduction   

    Newton's law of gravity states: what goes up, must come down; similarly, the normal human gastrointestinal system has a law that what goes in, must come out. When disease inhibits the normal process, ostomy procedures are a life-saving intervention.

    There are around one million people living with an ostomy or continent diversion in the US, and approximately 100,000 ostomy surgeries are performed annually in the US (1). We will build a stronger understanding of various types of ostomies, indication for the need, site selection, stoma care, complications, and patient education.

    Types of Ostomies

    An ostomy is a surgically created opening that reroutes stool or urine from the abdomen to the outside of the body through an opening called a stoma (9). The term stoma refers to the portion of the bowel that is sutured into the abdomen (9).

    When you look at a stoma, you are looking at the lining (the mucosa) of the intestine. The color is similar to the mucosa inside your mouth and cheek. Throughout various healthcare environments, you may hear the terms ostomy or stoma interchangeably. The purpose of an ostomy is to bypass a diseased portion of the gastrointestinal tract that is not functioning properly or has been removed (2).

    Ostomies are placed proximal to the diseased area, comparable to building a dam in a river to stop the flow of fluid and divert it somewhere else. An ostomy can be temporary or permanent.

    There are three most common types of ostomies: ileostomy, colostomy, and urostomy (9). We will discuss these types, but it is important to recognize that gastrostomy, jejunostomy, duodenostomy, and cecostomy procedures are also done.

    1. Ileostomy: A stoma is attached at the end of the small intestine (ileum) to bypass the colon, rectum, and anus.
    2. Colostomy: A stoma is attached to a portion of the colon to bypass the rectum and anus.
    3. Urostomy: A stoma is attached to the ureters (the tubes that carry urine from the kidney to the bladder) to bypass the bladder.

     

     

     

    Ileostomy

    The small intestine has three parts that are compact and folds over itself: the duodenum, jejunum, and the ileum. An ileostomy has a stoma attached and created from the ilium. The ileum is the final and longest segment of the small intestine (9).

    The ileum terminates at the ileocecal valve, which controls the flow of digested material from the ileum into the large intestine and prevents the backup of bacteria into the small intestine (9). If a patient has this type of ostomy, the colon distal to the ostomy has a form of disease or disorder such as cancer. There are two main types of ileostomies, loop, and end ileostomy.

     

    Loop ileostomy

    In a loop ileostomy, a loop of the small bowel is lifted and held in place with a rod due to resection or repair to the distal bowel (Will). This ostomy is technically two stomas joined together (4). Loop ileostomies are typically temporary and will be closed or reversed through an operation in the future.

     

    End ileostomy

    In an end ileostomy, the ileum is surgically separated from the colon, the colon is removed or left to rest, and the end of the ileum is brought to the surface through the abdomen to form a stoma. Although end ileostomies are sometimes temporary and later rejoined, they are usually permanent (9).

     

     

    Colostomy

    A colostomy may be formed as an ascending, transverse, descending, or sigmoid colostomy (9). It is named according to the location of placement. An end colostomy is constructed from the ascending, transverse, descending, or sigmoid colon and has one opening for fecal elimination.

    Loop Colostomy

    The creation of a loop stoma takes a loop of the colon (usually the transverse colon) and pulls it to the outside of the abdominal wall (9). In this type of ostomy, the entire bowel is not dissected but left mostly intact.

     

    End Colostomy

    In end colostomies, the proximal end of the colon is dissected and pulled out of the abdominal cavity, which becomes the stoma (9). Additional procedures may involve repairing or removing portions of the distal colon or rectum.

     

     

    Urostomy

    Kidneys have an important job of filtering waste and excess fluid from your blood. This process creates urine, which then travels from the kidneys to the bladder through tubes called ureters (8). If the bladder is damaged or diseased, ostomies are a life-saving method of creating safe passage for the urine.

    A urostomy is a surgical opening in the abdominal wall that redirects urine away from a bladder that’s diseased, has been injured, or isn't working properly (8). The bladder is either bypassed or removed (called a cystectomy) during surgery. Following the surgery, urine exits the body through a stoma.

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you ever witnessed a GI or Urinary Surgery?
    2. Do you have experience with GI / Urinary procedures like a colonoscopy?

    Indication for Ostomy Placement

     

    Gastrointestinal Tract Ostomy

    - Cancer

    - Colorectal

    - Rectal

    - Trauma/ Injury

    - Significant Disorders

    - Crohn’s disease

    - Ulcerative Colitis

    - Diverticulitis

    - Bowel perforation from a ruptured diverticulum or abscess

    - Bowel obstruction

    - Infection (9)

     

    Urinary Tract Ostomy

    - Bladder Cancer

    - Neurogenic bladder disease (damage to the nerves that control the bladder)

    - Birth defects

    - Chronic inflammation of the bladder (9)

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Have you cared for a patient with a new ostomy?
    2. Can you list reasons a patient is a candidate for an ostomy?

    Site Selection

    Wound, ostomy, and continence nurses (WOCN) play a vital role in site selection. Patients should have a pre-operative consultation prior to surgery. During this consultation, the nurse acts as an advocate and educator to prepare these patients for the physical and emotional path ahead of them. A significant amount of time should be spent with the patient before surgery to determine a stoma incision site (exit of ostomy).

    It is important to make the presence of the ostomy (and collection bag) as comfortable as possible, striving to reduce the hindrance to ease movements and ability to wear their typical clothing (9). Studies show that preoperative education and stoma site marking has been directly responsible for improving quality of life and decreasing peristomal skin and pouching complications (4).

     

    Site Assessment:

    Locate positions for a site within the rectus muscle (4).

    Observe the abdomen in various positions sitting, standing, or lying down.

    Ask the patient about the types of clothing they wear most often. Examples: Level of pants (low, high), use of belts, dresses, etc. (9)

    Determine a location that is visible to the patient, as they will need to see the site well for stoma care.

    Avoid skin or fat folds (folds increase chances of leakage)

    Avoid scars, bony prominences, and the umbilicus (4).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Locate places on yourself that would be appropriate for an ostomy site
    2. Can you think of reasons patients need to be able to see the site?
    3. Do you have a wound care nurse at your past or present workplace?

    Post-operative Care

    Post-operative care following ostomy placement is vital. The post-operative nurse assigned to this patient should read the surgery documentation to determine the type of procedure performed, intraoperative findings, type of stoma created, any advanced diseases, and unexpected events during surgery (2).

    The nurse should be aware of the level of invasiveness; was this a laparoscopic, robotic, or open surgery? This type of surgery can have an impact on the post-op care plan and length of stay (2). Teaching can begin as soon as they are able to comprehend and focus on understanding new skills.

    The stoma will gradually decrease in size over the weeks following the surgery. For a patient with a new ostomy, postoperative assessments should be done per facility protocol and the stoma should be inspected at least every 8 hours (9).

    Note the type of closure (staples, sutures, liquid bonding agent), presence of abdominal drains, and presence of urinary catheter (C2). Assess for pain and address accordingly with repositioning, cold/heat therapy, and ordered pain medications. Assess for bowel sounds. Palpate the abdomen and note firmness and tenderness levels. Document strict Intake and Output for these patients.

     

    Stoma Assessment:

    Note the Appearance/ Color: The stoma should be pink to red in color, moist, and firmly attached to the surrounding skin (9). If the stoma appears bluish, it indicates inadequate blood supply; if the stoma appears black, necrosis has occurred. Immediate notification is needed from the provider, as the need to return to surgery will be assessed.

     

    - Note the Presence of edema.

    - Note the Surrounding skin

    - Note any Ostomy Discharge

    - Amount

    - Color / Consistency

    - Note any Bleeding

    - Monitor for rupture or leakage.

     

    Diet

    Once bowel sounds and activity return, the patient’s diet may resume (2). Typically, patients are offered clear liquids to determine their ability to tolerate fluids. Nurses should encourage the patient to chew thoroughly, eat small frequent meals, and ambulate frequently to assist in gas movement and peristalsis (2).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Do you have experience with post-operative abdominal surgery?
    2. Explain possible respiratory or cardiovascular assessments that would be helpful for these patients

    Stoma Care

     

    Nursing Consideration / Reminders

    Ostomy pouching system needs to be changed every 4 to 7 days, depending on the patient and type of pouch.

    Patients should be encouraged to participate in stoma care. Instruct the patient to empty the pouch when it is one-third to one-half full as they become heavy and more prone to spilling or leaks.

     

    Table 1. Ostomy Change Procedure SAMPLE (Always check with your agency policy)

    Steps  PURPOSE 
    1. Perform hand hygiene.  This prevents the spread of germs and microorganisms. 
    2. Gather supplies. 

    Supplies:  

    • Non-sterile gloves 
    • Ostomy bag and clip  
    • Flange 
    • Scissors 
    • Stoma measuring tool. 
    • Waterproof pad  
    • Adhesive remover for old flange 
    • Skin prep (7) 
    3 Create privacy. Lift bed to comfortable height.  

    Attention to psychosocial needs is imperative. 

    Proper body mechanics is important for nurse. 

    4. Place waterproof pad under pouch.  The pad prevents the spilling of effluent on patient and bed sheets. 

    5. Remove ostomy bag.  

    Apply non-sterile gloves.  

    Support / hold the skin firmly with your other hand, apply adhesive remover if needed.  

    Measure and empty contents. Place old pouching system in a garbage bag. 

     

    The pouch and flange can be removed separately or as one. 

    Gentle removal helps prevent skin tears.  

    Remove flange by gently pulling it toward the stoma. 

    6. Clean stoma gently by wiping with warm water. Do not use soap. 

    Aggressive cleaning can cause bleeding. If removing stoma adhesive paste from skin, use a dry cloth first. Soaps can irritate the stoma. 

    Clean stoma and peristomal skin 

    7. Assess stoma and peristomal skin. 

    Stoma skin should be pink or red in color, raised above skin level, and moist (2). 

    Skin surrounding the stoma should be intact and free from wounds, rashes, or skin breakdown.  

    8. Measure the stoma diameter using the pre-cut measuring tool (or tracing template).  

    Trace diameter of the measuring guide onto the flange and cut the outside of the pen marking. 

    The opening should match the size of stoma.  

    If there is skin exposed between the stoma and edge of the flange with an ileostomy, the drainage contains enzymes that will break down the skin (9). 

    Cut out size to fit stoma, assess fit once cut. 

    9. Prepare skin. 

     

    Paste can be applied directly to the skin or flange. 

    10. Apply Flange 

     

    Press gently around the periphery of the stoma to create a seal 

    11. Apply the ostomy bag 

    Close the end of the bag with clip (follow the manufacturer’s instructions) 

    Involve patient with this process, understanding instructions. 
    12. Apply pressure to ostomy pouch to help with adhering to skin.  Heat/ warmth from hand can activate some flanges. 
    13. Clean us supplies, perform hand hygiene.  Remove trash as quickly as possible to reduce odor. 
    14. Document Procedure 

    Example: 

    Date/time: flange change complete. Stoma pink, moist, warm. Peristomal skin intact. Patient instructed in cutting flange to correct size, verbalized understanding of frequency of change. See ostomy flowsheet. (Abbie S., RN) 

    Data Source: Carmel, Colwell, J., & Goldberg, M. (2021). Wound, ostomy and continence nurse’s society core curriculum: ostomy management (Second Edition). Wolters Kluwer Health. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Are you familiar with your facility's ostomy care protocol (if appropriate)?
    2. How can the nurse implement safety measures with ostomy care?
    3. Do you feel comfortable with ostomy care documentation?

    Complications

     

     

    Ostomy Leakage

    One of the most common and troublesome complications is leakage (4). Proper preoperative site selection (away from skin folds) is important. Patient education on proper techniques and supplies can aid in the prevention of leakage.

    Educate patients on the risks of changing the ostomy too often. Frequent appliance changes lead to pain and frustration, as well as financial expenses on supplies (4). Leakage is more common in the early postoperative period but can also develop with weight changes later.

    Interventions involve thickening the stool with antidiarrheals to form more solid excretion and pouching techniques to bolster the height of the stoma off of the peristomal skin (4). Helpful tips also include heating the appliance with a hair dryer before application, lying flat for several minutes following application, making sure the peristomal skin is dry before application, and the possible use of a fine dusting of stomal powder and skin sealant prior to application (4). Leakage is frustrating for patients, so support and encouragement is vital.

     

    Mucocutaneous Separation

    The stoma is sutured to the skin of the abdomen with absorbable sutures during surgery (4). Mucocutaneous separation is a complication that can occur if the sutures securing the stoma become too tight or if blood flow to the area is restricted (9). This complication requires appropriate treatment because the pouch leakage will occur from the open pocket.

    The goal of treatment is to keep this open pocket covered properly until the wound heals on its own and closes. Appropriate covering of the opening can include an absorbent product such as an alginate, followed by a cover dressing such as a hydrocolloid, which is covered with the ostomy pouch (4).

     

    Early High Ostomy Output

    Early high ostomy output (HOO) is defined as ostomy output greater than fluid intake occurring within 3 weeks of stoma placement, which results in dehydration (4). This is more common with ileostomies (4). Strict Input and Output records are a vital nursing intervention. The most important treatment for this complication is hydration to prevent renal failure, which is typically done intravenously (4).

    The site of a patient’s colostomy will impact the consistency and characteristics of the excretion. The natural digestive process of the colon involves the absorption of water, which causes waste from the descending colon to be more formed. Waste from an ileostomy or a colostomy placed in the anterior ascending colon will be a bit more loose or watery (2).

     

    Peristomal Skin Issues

    Irritant Contact Dermatitis (ICD) is the most common peristomal skin complication following ostomy placement (9). ICD is characterized by redness; loss of epidermal tissue; pain; and open, moist areas.

    Newer and inexperienced patients and caregivers will increase the size of the pouching system opening to get a better seal and stop leakage (2) However, this only contributes to more skin breakdown and irritation. Patients may also develop a fungal rash, have allergic rashes to the ostomy appliance, or folliculitis (4).

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name measures to prevent leakage?
    2. Have you cared for a patient with Irritant Contact Dermatitis?
    3. Are you familiar with bulking agents for stool?

    Patient Education

    Patient education is a key aspect is caring for a patient with an ostomy, this process begins prior to surgery and remains constant throughout encounters. If you have not received specialized training on wound and ostomy care, you should reach out to the Wound, Ostomy and Continence Nurse (WON) within your healthcare setting to become involved if they are not already.

    However, each nurse has a meaningful impact on discussing and managing expectations for life with an ostomy, including stoma care, complications, managing ostomy output, maintaining pouching appliances, and resources. Patients may feel inadequate and uneasy about caring for their stoma.

    Nurses need to meet the unique learning needs of each patient and caregiver, providing education in verbal information, written pamphlets, online resources, videos, and demonstrations. The United Ostomy Associations of America, Inc. (UOAA), is a nonprofit organization that serves as an excellent resource for information, support, advocacy, and collaboration for those living with ostomies.

    Nurses should be aware there is an “Ostomy and Continent Diversion Patient Bill of Rights” (PBOR) that outlines the best practices for providing high-quality ostomy care during all phases of the surgical experience (1). There are numerous national resources for patients, as well as community-based and online ostomy support groups. 

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you think of methods to assess patient knowledge on ostomy care?
    2. What are creative ways to involve an ostomy patient in care?
    3. Not all patients are savvy with online supply ordering, can you think of other ways to order supplies if they are not?

    Promotion of Body Image and Self-Esteem

    Ostomy surgery can have a major impact on how patients perceive themselves. A person’s body image is how they see themselves when they look in the mirror or how they picture themselves in their mind.

    There are stigmas surrounding ostomies, such as being odorous, unhygienic, and unattractive due to the stoma, but the truth is that ostomies save lives and make life possible. Positivity should surround the conversation. Confirmations such as beauty, strength, celebration, and hope are meaningful.

     

    Ways to become involved in celebrating ostomies:

    - Become familiar with the United Ostomy Associations of America (UOAA) and their initiatives.

    https://www.ostomy.org/ostomy-awareness-day/

    National Ostomy Awareness Day on October 7, 2023

    Worldwide Virtual Run for Resilience Ostomy 5k

     

    - Social Media Sites

    Celebrate Body Positivity for those with ostomies

    Intimacy Encouragement

    Conclusion

    Ostomy care is an essential nursing skill. If you are caring for a patient with an ostomy, remember that this is a major life-altering event and condition. Reflect on ways to provide individualized care by understanding various types of ostomies, site selection, stoma care, complications, and patient education. Empower and encourage these ostomy patients’ confidence in themselves.

     

    Diabetes Management Updates

    Introduction   

    Diabetes Mellitus (DM), also known as diabetes, is a condition in which the body develops high levels of blood glucose due to the inability to produce insulin or for the cells to use insulin (1) effectively. If left untreated or mismanaged, it can lead to health complications such as heart disease, chronic kidney disease, blindness, nerve damage, oral and mental health problems (1)(15) 

    There are several classifications of DM, and the following will be discussed: T1DM, T2DM, gestational diabetes, and idiopathic diabetes. 

    Classifications of Diabetes

     

    Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (T1DM)  

    T1DM is formerly known as juvenile diabetes or insulin-dependent diabetes and usually occurs in children and young adults (1). Although, it can also occur at any age and accounts for 5 – 10% of cases. T1DM develops when one’s own immune system attacks and destroys the beta cells that produce insulin in the pancreas (6).     

     

    Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM)  

    T2DM, formerly known as adult-onset diabetes or non-insulin-dependent diabetes, develops because of the body's inability to use insulin effectively. It is the most common type of diabetes and mainly occurs in adults aged 30 years and older (1). However, it is also becoming common in children and young adults due to obesity. It accounts for 90% of the population diagnosed with diabetes (6).   

     

    Gestational Diabetes 

    Gestational Diabetes occurs during pregnancy and in women who have never had a previous diagnosis of diabetes. It is a result of pregnancy hormones that are produced by the placenta or because of the insufficient use of insulin by the cells (1). Gestational diabetes can be temporary or in some cases can become chronic. It is also likely that children whose mothers have gestational diabetes can develop diabetes later in life (6).  

     

    Prediabetes 

    Prediabetes, also referred to as impaired glucose tolerance, is a stage when a person is at risk of developing diabetes. If well managed through proper diet management and exercise, this can help with the prevention or delay of type 2 diabetes (1).  

     

    Other Forms of Diabetes 

    Other forms of diabetes include monogenic diabetes syndrome, diabetes from the removal of the pancreas or damage to the pancreas from disease processes such as pancreatitis or cystic fibrosis, and drugs or chemical-induced diabetes from glucocorticoids used to treat HIV/Aids or organ transplant (1) (6).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the four named types of diabetes? 
    2. What are the differences between T1DM and T2DM? 
    3. What is the most common type of diabetes? 

    Statistical Evidence/Epidemiology 

    Diabetes is now ranked as the 8th leading cause of death in the United States (6). There is no known cure for diabetes. It is one of the fastest-growing chronic diseases and the most diagnosed noncommunicable disease. It is also one of the leading causes of chronic kidney disease, adult blindness, and lower limb amputations (6).   

    In 2019, it was estimated that 37.3 million American adults have diabetes, which equals 11.3% of the population (4). Of those, 41% were men and 32% were women. 28.7 million were diagnosed with diabetes, and 8.5 million were undiagnosed.  

    There are 96 million American adults who are prediabetic, which means they are at risk of developing diabetes, but their blood glucose levels are not high enough to be diagnosed with diabetes (5).  

    Most of the population that is pre-diabetic is 65 years old or older. Type 2 diabetes accounts for 90% to 95% of cases (5). The risk of developing diabetes increases with age.  

    The prevalence of diabetes is much higher in both black and Hispanic/Latino adult men and women. Men are more likely to develop diabetes compared to women. Due to the rise in obesity in younger adults, there has been an increase in the number of new cases of diabetes in black teens (4).  

     

    The figure below represents trends in incidence of type 1 and type 2 diabetes in children and adolescents 2002–2018; results show the incidence of type 2 diabetes has significantly increased (4)

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is one of the major comorbidities caused by diabetes? 
    2. What age group is at risk for developing type 2 diabetes?  
    3. What is a risk factor that is contributing to the rise of diabetes in younger adults?

    Etiology and Pathophysiology 

    In normal glucose metabolism, blood glucose is regulated by the two hormones insulin and glucagon (11). Insulin is secreted by the beta cells in the Islet of Langerhans in the pancreas and glucagon is secreted by the alpha cells in the pancreas.  

    When there is an increase in blood glucose, the function of insulin is to reduce blood glucose by stimulating its uptake in the cells. Glucose is stored as glycogen in the liver and muscles or as fat in the adipose tissues. When blood glucose levels start to fall, glucagon promotes the release of glycogen from the liver, which is used as a source of energy in the body (8) (13).   

    When there is a deficiency of insulin or a decreased response of insulin on the targeted cells in the body, it leads to hyperglycemia (high blood glucose). Meaning that the glucose that remains in the blood is not able to get to the cells. Diabetes develops mainly because of lifestyle and genetic factors (13).

    T1DM 

    The etiology is not well understood, though it is thought to be influenced by both environmental and genetic predispositions that are linked to specific HLA alleles. T1DM is considered an autoimmune disorder that is characterized by T-cell-mediated destruction of the pancreatic B-cells (13).  

    As a result, this leads to complete insulin deficiency and ultimately hyperglycemia, which requires exogenous insulin. The rate of destruction of the pancreatic B-cell-specific disorder is known to develop rapidly in infants and children or gradually in adults (8)(13). 

     

    T2DM 

    The etiology of T2DM is characterized by decreased sensitivity to insulin and decreased secretion of insulin. Insulin resistance occurs due to the disruption in the cellular pathways that result in a decreased response in the peripheral tissues, particularly the muscle, liver, and adipose tissue.  

    T2DM diabetes can progress slowly and asymptomatically over a period. Obesity and age can play a key role in the homeostatic regulation of systemic glucose because they influence the development of insulin resistance, which affects the sensitivity of tissues to insulin. Therefore, most patients with type 2 diabetes are overweight or obese 7) (8).

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are the two hormones that are responsible for maintaining blood glucose levels in the body? 
    2. Can you describe the etiologies of both T1DM and T2DM? 
    3. What are some of the factors that contribute to T2DM? 

    Diagnostic and Screening tools 

    There are a variety of tests that are used to diagnose and monitor diabetes. These vary based on the type of symptoms that a patient may have. Diagnosis of DM requires at least two abnormal test results, which should include fasting glucose and A1C. The tests should be one of two from the same sample or two abnormal test results drawn on different days (3). 

     

    The recommended diagnosis guidelines for diabetes must be based on the following criteria: 

    • Fasting Plasma Glucose (FPG) concentration with results greater than 126 mg/dL. This test involves measuring blood glucose at a single point. To have accurate results, the test should be conducted after one has had nothing to eat or drink for at least 8 hours (3). 
    • Glycated hemoglobin (Hb A1C) is indicative of the average levels of blood glucose in a period of two to three months. Results greater than 6.5% mean diagnosis of diabetes. This blood test does not require fasting. The A1C test is not suitable for pregnant women or those who have certain blood conditions (anemia) - NIDDK. This test should only be used for prediabetes screening (3). 
    • Oral Glucose Tolerance Test (OGTT): prior to conducting this test, an FPG level needs to be measured. One must ingest 75 grams of glucose liquid. Thereafter, their glucose level is measured 2 hours after they have taken the liquid. Test results greater than 200 mg/dL are indicative of diabetes. This test is commonly used in pregnant women (3). 
    • Random plasma glucose of 200 mg/dL. This test is suitable when one has symptoms of hyperglycemia, which are polydipsia, polyuria, and polyphagia (3).  

     

    Screening 

    Screening is generally recommended for adults aged 45 or older regardless of present risk factors. The updated recommendation guidelines for prediabetes screening include adults 35 years and older who are overweight or obese (3).  

     

    Screening for Prediabetes 

    Prediabetes is associated with the impairment of blood glucose levels between 100 – 125 mg/dL. The diagnosis of prediabetes should be confirmed with glucose testing when there is impaired glucose tolerance with plasma levels between 140 – 199 mg/dL 2 hours after one has ingested 75g of oral glucose. A1C levels of prediabetes are between 5.7% to 6.4% (3). 

     

    Screening for Pregnant women 

    It is recommended that all pregnant women between 24 – 28 weeks be screened for gestational diabetes to avoid missing those that are at risk. A positive 3-hour OGTT test of greater than 140 mg/dL meets the criteria for diagnosis (3).  

     

    Medication Management 

    Monitoring of blood glucose levels in patients is useful in determining the effectiveness of antidiabetic medication. To achieve better patient outcomes, it is important to recognize individual needs (11) 

    It is recommended that the approach to medication management should be based on each patient's hyperglycemic index and should include the following: the presence of comorbidities, risk of hypoglycemia, vascular disease, life expectancy, and disease duration (3).   

    When the management of diabetes cannot be achieved through diet and exercise alone, oral antidiabetic agents are the preferred treatment (14). Oral antidiabetics can help maintain and achieve glycemic goals for patients who are diagnosed with T2DM) (10)(14).  

    Diabetes Education and patient engagement is essential to managing diabetes (11). There are several classes of anti-diabetic medication. Below are some of the most utilized antidiabetic medications (9)(14).  

     

    Biguanides 

    Metformin is the only medication in this category. 

    • It is considered the 1st line of treatment in patients with T2DM unless contraindicated. 
    • Metformin helps to decrease hepatic glucose production.  
    • Decreases intestinal absorption of glucose by improving insulin sensitivity. Must be titrated initially to minimize adverse effects. 
    • Avoided in clients with chronic kidney disease.  
    • Side effects: Lactic acidosis, hypoglycemia. 

     

    GLP 1- Receptor Agonists (RAs) 

    Mimics glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP -) hormone. Binds to GLP-1 receptors stimulate glucose-dependent insulin release and delay gastric emptying, which increases satiation.  

    • Known to have cardiovascular benefits. 
    • Can be taken orally or subcutaneously.  
    • Special considerations: Can cause weight loss, GI side effects such as nausea, vomiting and diarrhea, dehydration, increased satiation (fullness), acute pancreatitis, and reactions at the injection sites.  
    • Some labels may require renal dose adjustment.  
    • GLP - 1 RAs should be considered before starting clients on insulin to help reduce A1C then oral antihyperglycemic medications are not effective in treating diabetes.  

     

    Sulfonylureas 2nd generation 

    Stimulates insulin release in pancreatic beta cells.  

    • Risk for prolonged hypoglycemia. Therefore, it should be avoided with the concurrent use of insulin.  
    • Can cause weight gain.  
    • Can cause photosensitivity.  
    • Avoid use in clients with sulfa allergies and photosensitivity.  
    • Avoid use in clients with chronic kidney disease and liver disease.   

     

    Dipeptidyl Peptidase (DPP) - 4 inhibitors 

    Prevents DPP-4 enzymes from breaking down to GLP-1 hormone.   

    • Neutral weight.  
    • Monitor for acute pancreatitis, which can cause joint pain.  
    • May require renal dose adjustment with these brands: Saxagliptin (Onglyza), Sitagliptin (Januvia), and Alogliptin. Linagliptin does not require dose adjustment.  

     

    Sodium-Glucose transporter - 2 (SGLT-2) inhibitors 

    Reduce the reabsorption of glucose by up to 90%, therefore promoting the exclusion of glucose from the body.  

    • Known to have cardiovascular benefits for clients with cardiovascular disease.  
    • Use with caution in clients with increased risk of fractures.  
    • Avoided in clients with diabetic ketoacidosis and those prone to have frequent urinary tract infections.  
    • This medication should be avoided in clients with pure poor kidney function due to volume depletion and hypotension.  
    • There’s also a risk for Fournier gangrene.  

     

    Thiazolidinediones 

    Pioglitazone and rosiglitazone can help reduce insulin resistance which promotes improved sensitivity to insulin. As a result, it can help reduce the A1C levels.  

    • Can cause weight gain.  
    • Potential risk for heart failure when taking thiazolidines (brands: pioglitazone, rosiglitazone). 
    • Generally, it is not recommended for clients with renal impairment as medication has the potential to cause fluid retention.  
    • Risk for bone fractures, bladder cancer, and increased LDL cholesterol (rosiglitazone).  
    • Thiazolidines do not cause hypoglycemia and can be used in combination with other antidiabetic medications including insulin. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Which class of antidiabetic medications are known to put patients at risk for bone fractures? 
    2. Can you name a condition that thiazolidines and sulfonylureas 2nd generation are generally not recommended for?  
    3. What is a common side effect in both thiazolidines and sulfonylureas? 
    4. What class of medication is suitable for clients with insulin resistance? 
    5. Can you name two antidiabetic medications that can be used in combination with other antidiabetics because it has the benefit of not causing hypoglycemia?

    Insulin therapy 

    Insulin therapy is commonly recommended for patients with T1DM. It can be used to help prevent the development and progression of diabetes (2). The ideal insulin regimen should be tailored based on individual needs and glycemic targets to better contend with physiological insulin replacement to maintain normoglycemia. Insulin therapy is also recommended for patients with hemoglobin A1c of greater than 9% - 10% and when symptoms of hyperglycemia are present (3).  

     

    Other Diabetes Interventions 

    The automation of glucose monitoring devices and insulin delivery systems is revolutionizing glucose management mainly because it promotes lifestyle flexibility and improved glucose management (2). 

    • Glucose Monitoring Devices- these devices are ideal for clients who are on insulin regimens and may become the standard for assessing glycemic controls in clients with DM (7). 
    • Continuous Glucose Monitoring (CGM)- devices that are inserted subcutaneously and measure interstitial blood glucose levels. CGMs are devices that are used to provide glucose readings, trends, and alerts to the user in real-time to inform diabetes treatment decisions. (2)(3) 
    • Importance- CGM is recommended for all patients with diabetes who receive treatment with intensive insulin therapy, defined as three or more insulin injections per day for all individuals with hypoglycemia (frequent, several, nocturnal) (3).  
    • Known to reduce hyperglycemia and A1C levels. 
    • Insulin Pump Therapy- also known as Continuous Subcutaneous Insulin Infusion (CSII) has had notable advances over the years. CSII is recommended for those with type 1 diabetes, although in recent studies, conventional CSII is also recommended for use in T2DM patients (2)(3). CSII is a small computer that is programmed to deliver fast-acting insulin continuously to the body using mechanical force via a cannula that is inserted under the skin (2).  
    • It is more precise and flexible in insulin dosing. 
    • Known to improve glycemic control.  
    • Cheaper than using Multi-Dose Insulin. 
    • Automated Insulin Delivery Systems (AIDS) - This is a diabetes management system that utilizes an insulin pump in conjunction with an integrated CGM and computer software algorithm (3).  
    • Advantages: precision and flexibility with insulin dosing. 
    • Recommended for T1DM: Achieve glycemic targets with less burden. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the main type of insulin used in CSII pumps? 
    2. What type of diabetes category is more suitable for using CSII? 

    Upcoming Research  

    Islet cell transplant has been a biological solution to help treat patients with T1DM due to poor graft survival rates. Future research will focus on manipulating the beta cells in the pancreas to make them more viable. Other treatments that have been recently made available include incretins and Amylin which improve the absorption of insulin in the body (1).  

    • The development of other types of insulin that can be administered by inhalation.  
    • The development of immunosuppressant drugs that will help treat T1DM. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. Can you name two recently developed medications to help with insulin absorption in the body?

    Conclusion

    Diabetes is a complex disease that requires a multi-disciplinary and patient-centered approach to help with effective management. Regular and early screening are necessary for those at risk for developing diabetes. Most importantly, ease and access to choices of managing diabetes are necessary.

    Hypertensive Agents

    Introduction   

    Hypertension, or high blood pressure, is a common medical condition diagnosed and treated by healthcare professionals. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, around 34 million Americans are prescribed antihypertensive medications. Additionally, hypertension was a primary or contributing cause of more than 690,000 deaths in the United States in 2021 [6].  

    Healthcare providers must be knowledgeable of and follow current hypertension clinical practice guidelines. Understanding the different pharmacokinetics of antihypertensive medications is essential. This course outlines antihypertensive pharmacology and addresses pharmacokinetics, including mechanism of action, side effects, usage, and contraindications. 

    Definitions 

     

    Hypertension – high blood pressure above normal. Normal is considered anything less than 120/80 mmHg [7]. 

    Antihypertensives – medications used to control hypertension and lower blood pressure [7]. 

    Hypertensive crisis – severely elevated blood pressure of either: 

    1. Systolic greater than 180 mmHg 
    1. Diastolic greater than 120 mmHg [19]. 

    Hypertensive emergency – acutely elevated blood pressure with signs of target organ damage [2]. 

     

     

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is hypertension? 
    2. What are antihypertensives? 
    3. What is a hypertensive crisis? 
    4. What is a hypertensive emergency? 

    Medications Overview 

    Antihypertensive medications are used for the treatment of hypertension and are used in both inpatient, outpatient, and emergency settings.  

    Some of the major antihypertensive medication classes include: 

    • Diuretics 
    • Beta-blockers 
    • Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors 
    • Angiotensin II receptor blockers 
    • Calcium channel blockers 
    • Selective alpha-1 blockers 
    • Alpha-2 Receptor Agonists 
    • Vasodilators [3]. 

    Different medical organizations have varying recommendations and hypertension treatment guidelines. Hypertension treatment clinical practice guidelines are available from organizations like the American Heart Association, the American College of Cardiology, and the European Society of Cardiology to name a few [21]. Healthcare providers should be aware of their healthcare institution’s recommendations for clinical practice guidelines and organizations.  

    All organizational guidelines share the same recommended treatment of starting antihypertensives immediately when: 

    1. Blood pressure is greater than 140/90 mmHg for patients with a history of ischemic heart disease, heart failure, or cerebrovascular disease. 
    2. Blood pressure is greater than 160/100 mmHg regardless of underlying medical conditions [21]. 

    Again, healthcare providers should follow current and evidence-based clinical guidelines for initiating or titrating antihypertensive medications. 

    While most antihypertensives are prescribed in an outpatient setting, certain antihypertensives are indicated during hypertensive or medical emergencies. For example, intravenous (IV) vasodilators, like nitroprusside and nitroglycerin, and calcium channel blockers, like nicardipine, are used during hypertensive emergencies and crises. 

     

     

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. In what settings are antihypertensives used? 
    2. What are the clinical guidelines for initiating hypertensive medications? 
    3. Which medications are commonly used to treat hypertensive emergencies? 

    Pharmacokinetics 

    Diuretics 

    Diuretics are a class of drugs that help control blood pressure by removing excess sodium and water from the body through the kidneys. There are several varying types of diuretics, some including thiazide, potassium-sparing, and loop, and all work to lower blood pressure differently [3]. 

     

    Thiazide Diuretics 

    Thiazide diuretics remove excess sodium and water from the body by blocking the sodium-chloride (Na-Cl) channels in the kidneys’ distal convoluted tubule. As the Na-Cl channel becomes blocked, this inhibits the reabsorption of sodium and water into the kidneys. Concurrently, this causes a loss of potassium and calcium ions through the sodium-calcium channels and sodium-potassium pump [1]. 

    Thiazide diuretics are approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for controlling primary hypertension and are available via oral route. Some common thiazide diuretics are hydrochlorothiazide, chlorthalidone, and metolazone [3].  

    When initiating this medication, the healthcare provider should start with the lowest dose, which is usually 25mg daily, and then increase accordingly to aid with blood pressure control or if the patient has excess fluid retention, usually as evidenced by leg swelling or edema [1].  

     

    Common side effects of thiazide diuretics include: 

    • Increased urination 
    • Diarrhea 
    • Headache 
    • Stomach and muscle aches [16]. 

     

    As thiazide diuretics interfere with Na-Cl, Na-Ca, and Na-K channels, there is an increased potential for adverse effects, including: 

    • Hypotension 
    • Hypokalemia 
    • Hyponatremia 
    • Hypercalcemia 
    • Hyperglycemia 
    • Hyperlipidemia 
    • Hyperuricemia 
    • Acute pancreatitis 

     

    When prescribing thiazide diuretics, healthcare providers should avoid prescribing thiazide diuretics to patients with a sulfonamide allergy, since thiazides are sulfa-containing medications. Also, they should avoid prescribing these to patients with a history of gout [1].  

    Additionally, patients can experience a thiazide overdose if they take more than the amount prescribed. Patients with a suspected overdose may experience confusion, dizziness, hypotension, and other symptoms. These patients must seek emergency care and poison control must be alerted [16]. 

     

    Potassium-Sparing Diuretics 

    Potassium-sparing diuretics remove excess sodium and water from the body without causing loss of potassium. Depending on the type, they interrupt sodium reabsorption by either binding to epithelial sodium channels or inhibiting aldosterone receptors. When catatonic sodium is reabsorbed, this creates a negative gradient causing the reabsorption of potassium ions through the mineralocorticoid receptor [5]. 

    Potassium-sparing diuretics are approved for controlling hypertension and are usually combined with other diuretics, like thiazide or loop diuretics since they have a weak antihypertensive effect.  

    Common names of potassium-sparing diuretics are amiloride, triamterene, and spironolactone. These medications are available by either intravenous or oral routes. Spironolactone is commonly used for treating primary aldosteronism and heart failure [5]. Patients should be started on the lowest dose when first prescribing this class of medications.  

     

    Common side effects can include: 

    • Increased urination 
    • Hyperkalemia 
    • Metabolic acidosis 
    • Nausea  

    [4] 

    Healthcare providers should avoid prescribing this class of medications to patients with hyperkalemia or chronic kidney disease. They should also be avoided during pregnancy or in patients who are taking digoxin. Since potassium-sparing medications can cause hyperkalemia, periodic monitoring for electrolyte imbalances and potassium levels is necessary [4]. 

     

    Loop Diuretics 

    Loop diuretics inhibit sodium and chloride reabsorption by competing with chloride binding in the Na-K-2Cl (NKCC2) cotransporter. Potassium is not reabsorbed by the kidney, which causes additional calcium and magnesium ion loss.  

    Loop diuretics are FDA-approved for the treatment of hypertension but are not considered first-line treatment. They can also be used for treating fluid overload in conditions like heart failure or nephrotic syndrome [12]. 

    Loop diuretics are available via oral or IV routes and furosemide, torsemide, and bumetanide are common forms [3].  

    Bioavailability and dosage differ for each type and route of loop diuretics. The bioavailability of furosemide is 50%, with a half-life of around 2 hours for patients with normal kidney function, and dosages start at 8mg for oral medication. Torsemide has a bioavailability of about 80%, a half-life of about 3 to 4 hours, and oral dosages start at 5mg [12].  

     

    Common side effects can include: 

    • Dizziness 
    • Increased urination 
    • Headache 
    • Stomach upset 
    • Hyponatremia 
    • Hypokalemia [13]. 

     

    Loop diuretics can lead to several adverse effects, including toxicity, electrolyte imbalances, hyperglycemia, and ototoxicity. They have a black box warning stating that high dosages can cause severe diuresis. Therefore, electrolytes, BUN, and creatinine values should be monitored closely by a healthcare provider.  

    People with a sulfonamide allergy may also be allergic to loop diuretics, so this should be avoided if the patient is allergic. Loop diuretics also interfere with digoxin and therefore should be avoided. Other contraindications include anuria, hepatic impairments, and use during severe electrolyte disturbances [12]. 

     

     

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the pharmacokinetics of thiazide diuretics? 
    2. What is the pharmacokinetics of loop diuretics? 
    3. What is the pharmacokinetics of potassium-sparing diuretics? 
    4. What are common side effects and contraindications for each type of diuretic? 

    Beta-Blockers 

    Beta-blockers work by reducing the body’s heart rate and thus, lowering cardiac output resulting in lowered blood pressure [3]. The mechanism of action for beta-blockers varies, depending on the receptor type it blocks, and are classified as either non-selective or beta-1 (B1) selective.  

    Non-selective beta-blockers bind to the B1 and B2 receptors, blocking epinephrine and norepinephrine, causing a slowed heart rate. Propranolol, labetalol, and carvedilol are common non-selective beta-blockers.  

    Alternatively, beta-1 selective blockers only bind to the B1 receptors of the heart, so they are considered cardio-selective. Some examples include atenolol, metoprolol, and bisoprolol. Sotalol is a type of beta-blocker that also blocks potassium channels and is, therefore, a class III antiarrhythmic [8]. 

    Beta-blockers are not primarily used for the initial treatment of hypertension but can be prescribed for conditions like tachycardia, myocardial infarction, congestive heart failure, and cardiac arrhythmias. It’s also approved for use in conditions such as essential tremors, hyperthyroidism, glaucoma, and prevention of migraines.  

    Beta-blockers are available in many forms, including oral, IV, intramuscular injection, and ophthalmic drops. Starting dosage and route are determined by the health condition being treated [8]. 

     

    Common side effects of beta-blockers include: 

    • Bradycardia 
    • Hypotension 
    • Dizziness 
    • Feeling tired 
    • Nausea 
    • Dry mouth 
    • Sexual Dysfunction  

    [17] 

     

    This class of medications can also lead to more severe adverse effects such as orthostatic hypotension, bronchospasm, shortness of breath, hyperglycemia, and increased risk of QT prolongation, torsades de pointes, and heart block [8]. Healthcare providers should avoid prescribing non-selective beta-blockers to patients with asthma. Instead, they can prescribe cardio-selective beta-blockers for patients with asthma.  

    Additionally, the use of beta-blockers is contraindicated in patients with a history of bradycardia, hypotension, Raynaud disease, QT prolongation, or torsades de pointes. Healthcare providers must encourage patients to monitor their heart rate and blood pressure and follow administration parameters before taking beta-blockers daily since it decreases their heart rate.  

    Overdose of beta-blockers is life-threatening and healthcare providers must discuss the symptoms of an overdose and the need for emergency care [8]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the pharmacokinetics of beta-blockers? 
    2. What are the common side effects and contraindications of beta-blockers? 

    Angiotensin-converting Enzyme Inhibitors 

    Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors prevent the body from producing angiotensin, a hormone that causes vasoconstriction. As angiotensin production is reduced, this allows the blood vessels to dilate and therefore lowers blood pressure [3].  

    Moreover, ACE inhibitors act specifically on the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (RAAS) by preventing the conversion of angiotensin I to angiotensin II. It also works to decrease aldosterone, which in turn, decreases sodium and water reabsorption [9]. 

    ACE inhibitors usually end in the suffix -pril and some common examples include lisinopril, benazepril, enalapril, and captopril, and they usually end in the suffix [3].  

    While ACE inhibitors are approved for treating hypertension, they are also FDA-approved for other uses or combination therapies for medical conditions such as: 

    • Systolic heart failure 
    • Chronic kidney disease 
    • ST-elevated myocardial infarction 

    One non-approved FDA use is treatment of diabetic nephropathy [9]. This class of medication is available in oral, and IV forms, and dosages are dependent on clinical guidelines, underlying medical conditions, and route.  

    ACE inhibitors have common side effects, with some including: 

    • Dry cough 
    • Dizziness 
    • Hypotension [9]. 

     

    This medication can also lead to adverse effects, such as syncope, angioedema, and hyperkalemia [9]. As angioedema is an adverse effect, healthcare providers should understand this class of medications is contraindicated in patients with a history of hypersensitivity to ACE inhibitors.  

    Additionally, ACE inhibitors are contraindicated in patients with aortic valve stenosis, hypovolemia, and during pregnancy. Individuals with abnormal kidney function should have renal function and electrolyte values monitored. If a patient develops a chronic dry cough, then the healthcare provider should consider another antihypertensive medication class by following current guidelines [9]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the pharmacokinetics of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors? 
    2. What are common side effects and contraindications of angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors? 

    Angiotensin II Receptor Blockers 

    Similar to ACE inhibitors, Angiotensin II Receptor Blockers (ARBs) act on the RAAS by binding to angiotensin II receptors and thus block and reduce the action of angiotensin II. Again, this reduces blood pressure by causing blood vessel dilation and decreasing sodium and water reabsorption [11]. ARBs typically end in the suffix -artan and common names are losartan, valsartan, and Olmesartan [3]. Oral and IV routes of the medication are available and again, dosages are dependent on the medication specifically and form [11]. 

    All ARBs are FDA-approved for the treatment of hypertension, but a select few are approved for treating other medical conditions, such as: 

    • Candesartan for heart failure 
    • Irbesartan for diabetic nephropathy 
    • Losartan for proteinuria and diabetic nephropathy 
    • Telmisartan for stroke and myocardial infarction prevention 
    • Valsartan for heart failure and reduction of mortality in patients with left ventricular dysfunction [11]. 

    Although not as common as ACE inhibitors, two side effects of ARBs are dry cough and angioedema.  

     

    Other common side effects include: 

    • Dizziness 
    • Hypotension 
    • Hyperkalemia  

    [11] 

     

    Contraindications for use are if the patient is pregnant or has renal impairment or failure. If a patient is on an ARB, the healthcare provider should closely monitor lab values for electrolyte imbalances and kidney function.  

    Additionally, if a patient is taking lithium, ARBs can increase lithium concentration and therefore, lithium blood concentration should be frequently checked [11]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the pharmacokinetics of angiotensin II receptor blockers? 
    2. What are common side effects and contraindications of angiotensin II receptor blockers? 

    Calcium Channel Blockers 

    Calcium channel blockers (CCBs), also known as calcium channel antagonists, act by preventing calcium from entering the smooth vascular and heart muscles. In turn, this reduces heart rate and causes vasodilation [3].  

    They are further divided into two major categories, non-dihydropyridines and dihydropyridines, where there are differences in the mechanism of action. Non-dihydropyridines inhibit calcium from entering the heart’s sinoatrial and atrioventricular nodes and thus cause a cardiac conduction delay and reduce cardiac contractility.  

    Alternatively, dihydropyridines do not directly affect the heart but do act as a peripheral vasodilator leading to lowered blood pressure. Both categories are metabolized by the CYP3A4 pathway [15]. 

    Names of non-dihydropyridine CCBs are verapamil and diltiazem. Dihydropyridine CCBs typically end in the suffix  -pine and common names are amlodipine and nicardipine. Both categories are available via oral and IV routes for administration. Oral dosages of non-dihydropyridine CCBs start at 30mg daily and dihydropyridine CCBs start at 30mg daily for immediate release [15].  

    Calcium channel blockers can be used to treat other medical conditions in addition to hypertension and include: 

    • Coronary spasm 
    • Angina pectoris 
    • Supraventricular dysrhythmias 
    • Pulmonary hypertension 
    • Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy 

    Non-dihydropyridine CCBs can cause side effects like bradycardia, and constipation, while dihydropyridine CCBs can cause: 

    • Headaches 
    • Feeling lightheaded 
    • Leg swelling [15]. 

    Both categories pose the risk of potential hypotension and bradycardia, so healthcare providers should closely monitor the patient’s blood pressure and heart rate when initiating or titrating the dosage.  

    Also, an overdose of this medication can lead to cardiac conduction delays, complete heart block, and cardiovascular collapse. Patients with possible symptoms of overdose should be sent to the emergency room immediately.  

    Additionally, healthcare providers should avoid prescribing CCBs to people with heart failure and sick sinus syndrome [15]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the pharmacokinetics of calcium channel blockers? 
    2. What are the common side effects and contraindications of calcium channel blockers? 

    Selective Alpha-1 Blockers 

    Selective alpha-1 blockers act on the body’s sympathetic nervous system to lower blood pressure. They prevent norepinephrine from binding to the alpha-1 receptors of the sympathetic nervous system, causing smooth muscle relaxation and vasodilation which leads to lowered blood pressure [18]. 

    Selective alpha-1 blockers are available via the oral route, end in the suffix -osin and examples are doxazosin, terazosin, and prazosin [3]. They are FDA-approved for the treatment of hypertension but are not considered first-line therapy. Additionally, this class of medications may be used to treat benign prostatic hyperplasia. Dosages can start as low as 1mg daily depending on the drug selected. 

    Common side effects include: 

    • Hypotension 
    • Tachycardia 
    • Dizziness 
    • Headache 
    • Weakness [18]. 

     

    As selective alpha-1 blockers can lead to orthostatic hypotension, the healthcare provider should instruct the patient to take this medication at night. They should also avoid prescribing to the elderly population when able because of hypotension and increased fall risk [18]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the pharmacokinetics of alpha-1 blockers? 
    2. What are the common side effects and contraindications of alpha-1 blockers? 

    Alpha-2 Receptor Agonists 

    Alpha-2 receptor agonists work by decreasing the activity of the sympathetic nervous system to lower blood pressure. It inhibits adenylyl cyclase and decreases the formation of cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP). Alpha-2 agonists also cause vasodilation by reducing the amount of available cytoplasmic calcium [20].  

    This class of medications is typically administered via oral route but is also available in intravenous and transdermal forms. Two FDA-approved alpha-2 agonists for hypertension treatment are methyldopa and clonidine and dosages are dependent on the name and route.  

    Methyldopa is commonly prescribed to patients with hypertension and who are pregnant since it’s safe [20]. 

     

    Common side effects of alpha-2 receptor agonists are: 

    • Dry mouth 
    • Drowsiness 
    • Fatigue 
    • Headache 
    • Sexual dysfunction [3]. 

    Contraindications for use are orthostatic hypotension and autonomic disorders. Healthcare providers must avoid prescribing alpha-2 receptor agonists to individuals taking phosphodiesterase inhibitors [20]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the pharmacokinetics of alpha-2 receptor agonists? 
    2. What are common side effects and contraindications of alpha-2 receptor agonists? 

    Vasodilators 

    Vasodilators lower blood pressure by dilating the body’s blood vessels. It binds to the receptors of the blood vessel’s endothelial cells, releasing calcium. Calcium stimulates nitric oxide synthase (NO synthase), eventually converting to L-arginine to nitric oxide. As nitric oxide is available, this allows for GTP to convert to cGMP, and causes dephosphorylation of the myosin and actin filaments. As this occurs, the blood vessels’ smooth muscles relax, leading to vasodilation and lowered blood pressure.  

    Common vasodilators that act via this pathway are nitrates and minoxidil. Hydralazine is another vasodilator, but the mechanism of action is unknown [10]. 

    Available forms of vasodilators are sublingual, oral, and intravenous. Similar to other classes of antihypertensives, vasodilator dosages depend on the form and treatment setting [10].  

    Nitrovasodilators like nitroprusside and nitroglycerin are used during hypertensive emergencies. Hydralazine is used for severe hypertension for the prevention of eclampsia or intracranial hemorrhage and minoxidil for resistant hypertension [10] [3]. 

     

    Side effects for each will vary, but nitrates commonly cause: 

    • Reflex tachycardia 
    • Headache 
    • Orthostatic hypotension  

    [10] 

     

    Common side effects of hydralazine are headaches, heart palpitations, and myalgias. Minoxidil causes excessive hair growth, weight gain, and fluid retention [3]. Additionally, nitroprusside can potentially cause cyanide toxicity.  

    Vasodilators have varying degrees of contraindications, such as nitrates are avoided in patients with an inferior myocardial infarction. Hydralazine should not be given to patients with coronary artery disease, angina, or rheumatic heart disease. Healthcare providers should be aware of contraindications and monitor patients’ blood pressure and potential side effects [10]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What is the pharmacokinetics of vasodilators? 
    2. What are the common side effects and contraindications of vasodilators? 

    Combination Antihypertensives 

    Many antihypertensive medications come in combined forms, such as ACE inhibitors and thiazide diuretics, beta-blockers and diuretics, or calcium channel blockers and ACE inhibitors. The mechanism of action for combination antihypertensives depends on the blend of medications [3]. 

    Considerations for Prescribers 

    This section reviews potential considerations when prescribing antihypertensives. 

    When prescribing antihypertensive medications, there are several factors that healthcare providers must consider. The route is typically determined by the healthcare setting and dosage by the underlying treatment goals. Again, healthcare providers should follow current guidelines when initiating or titrating antihypertensive medications.  

    Healthcare providers must complete a thorough health history, and review lab values, and contraindications as mentioned above. Monitoring kidney function and electrolyte values is imperative while any patient is taking antihypertensive medications.  

    While a single antihypertensive medication is recommended for initial treatment, there are some scenarios where combination therapy or combination antihypertensives are recommended [14]. 

    Healthcare providers should also discuss the potential side effects of antihypertensives with patients and what to do if they are experiencing symptoms. For instance, if a patient reports syncope, they should be advised to go to the emergency room or be seen immediately for further evaluation. Also, healthcare providers must encourage patients to monitor their heart rate and blood pressure at home and abide by administration parameters.  

    For example, instruct patients who are taking beta-blockers to measure their blood pressure and heart rate before taking their medication. If their heart rate is below 60 beats per minute, then they should not take the medication [14].  

    If a patient is experiencing side effects from an antihypertensive medication, then another alternative should be selected. 

     

     

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What factors should healthcare providers consider when prescribing antihypertensives? 

    Upcoming Research 

    This section reviews upcoming research and medications for hypertension treatment. 

    Research on antihypertensive medications has slowed throughout the years. Some clinical trials were performed on the potential of endothelin receptor antagonists to reduce hypertension. However, some studies found several unwanted side effects, and thus clinical use was stopped for safety reasons.  

    An endothelin-A and endothelin-B receptor blocker, called aprocinentan, has shown promise for the treatment of resistant hypertension by lowering blood pressure and decreasing vascular resistance.  

    Research on sodium-glucose transport protein (SGLT2) inhibitors, which are typically used for the treatment of type II diabetes mellitus, is also ongoing. SGLT2 inhibitors may promote blood pressure reduction through diuresis and reduce sympathetic tone [21]. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What new research is there about antihypertensives? 

    Conclusion

    If hypertension is left untreated, it can lead to serious health complications, including death. When selecting antihypertensive treatment, healthcare providers should understand the pharmacokinetics of each drug class along with potential side effects and contraindications. They should also follow current clinical guidelines for an evidence-based approach. 

     

    Final Reflection Questions 

    • Which antihypertensive medication is often prescribed during pregnancy? 
    • Which lab values are important when monitoring patients on each antihypertensive medication? 
    • Which antihypertensive medications cause hypokalemia? 
    • Which antihypertensive medications cause hyperkalemia? 

    Migraine Management

    Introduction   

    This course will guide you on a journey to unravel the complexities of migraines and empower you with the knowledge and skills needed for effective pharmaceutical interventions.  

    According to recent studies by (34), migraines involve changes in brain activity, neurotransmitter levels, and vascular function, resulting in throbbing headaches accompanied by sensitivity to light and sound. Diverse classes of migraine medications are available, such as Triptans and calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP) inhibitors and understanding their mechanisms of action enables healthcare professionals to make informed decisions in prescribing and administering treatments (18).  

    Furthermore, recent research by (26) emphasizes the importance of recognizing warnings related to migraine medications. In this course, we will learn the details of medications for effective management of migraines and delve into ways of ensuring patient safety when dealing with them.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How might a comprehensive knowledge of migraine medications, including their mechanisms of action, enhance the ability of healthcare professionals to address the specific needs of patients experiencing migraines? 
    2. In what ways can recognizing warnings related to migraine medications contribute to ensuring patient safety? 

    Definition 

    Migraines are recurrent, pulsating headaches often accompanied by other symptoms such as nausea, sensitivity to light, and sensitivity to sound. According to recent studies by (17), migraines are recognized as a complex neurological disorder involving abnormal brain activity and a cascade of events leading to pain and associated symptoms.  

    The impact of migraines extends beyond physical pain, influencing various aspects of life, and recent literature by (14) highlights the profound effect on the quality of life, with disruptions in daily activities, work, and social interactions. For example, a professional experiencing frequent migraines might struggle to meet work deadlines and engage in social events. Recent advancements in diagnostic criteria by (15) emphasize the importance of a precise definition to ensure appropriate treatment strategies. Therefore, understanding the definition is crucial for accurate diagnosis and effective communication between healthcare providers and patients. 

     

     

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What distinguishes migraines from common headaches, and how does understanding this difference impact the approach to their management? 
    2. In what ways do migraines extend beyond physical pain, and how might this impact influence an individual’s overall quality of life? 
    3. How can a precise definition of migraines contribute to accurate diagnosis, and why is accurate diagnosis essential for effective treatment planning? 
    4. How does understanding the definition of migraines facilitate effective communication between healthcare professionals and patients? 

    Migraine Medications 

    Understanding the various classes of migraine medications is like having a diverse toolkit to address the complexities of this neurological disorder. By exploring the different classes of medications, healthcare professionals can tailor their approach and make informed decisions based on individual patient profiles and specific migraine characteristics (20).  

    It is crucial to recognize that migraine medications are not one-size-fits-all. Each patient is unique, and their response to medications may vary. Recent literature by (12) emphasizes the importance of an individualized approach when considering the best medication for each patient. Here’s a list of migraine medications in addition to important details to consider:  

    Triptans  

    Triptans are a class of medications specifically designed for the acute treatment of migraines. According to (39), they are not meant for preventive use but are highly effective in providing relief during an ongoing migraine attack. They work by narrowing blood vessels and inhibiting the release of certain chemicals in the brain associated with migraine symptoms (39). Let’s see more details below as described by (7), (39), (29). 

    Drug Class 

    Belonging to the serotonin (5-HT) receptor agonists class, Triptans modulate the effects of serotonin receptors in the brain. The various types of Triptans include Sumatriptan, Rizatriptan, Eletriptan, and others. Each Triptan has unique characteristics, such as the onset of action and duration, allowing healthcare professionals to tailor prescriptions based on individual patient needs. 

    Benefits 

    Triptans offer several benefits in the management of migraines. One of the primary advantages is their ability to provide rapid and effective relief from migraine symptoms, including headache pain, nausea, and sensitivity to light and sound. The prompt onset of action is particularly valuable for individuals aiming to resume their daily activities quickly. Triptans are available in various formulations, including oral tablets, nasal sprays, and injectables, allowing for flexibility in administration. 

    Side Effects 

    While generally well-tolerated, Triptans may cause side effects. Common side effects include mild sensations of warmth or tingling, dizziness, and tightness or pressure in the chest. It is crucial for healthcare professionals to consider the patient’s medical history and potential contraindications, such as cardiovascular issues, before prescribing Triptans. In rare cases, more severe side effects like chest pain and changes in heart rate may occur, necessitating immediate medical attention. 

    Clinical Effects 

    The clinical effects of Triptans are profound, offering relief to individuals experiencing acute migraine attacks. The primary outcomes include: 

    • Pain Relief: Triptans are highly effective in reducing the intensity of migraine-associated pain. By targeting the vascular and neuronal components of migraines, these drugs provide rapid relief, allowing patients to resume their normal activities. 
    • Relief of Associated Symptoms: Beyond pain relief, Triptans address accompanying symptoms such as nausea, photophobia, and phonophobia. This comprehensive effect enhances the overall patient experience during a migraine episode. 
    • Prevention of Migraine Progression: Triptans, when administered early in the migraine attack, can prevent the progression of the headache phase to more severe stages. This early intervention is crucial for optimizing outcomes and minimizing the impact of migraines on daily life. 
    • Improvement in Functional Impairment: Migraines often result in functional impairment, limiting individuals’ ability to perform daily tasks. Triptans restore functional capacity, allowing patients to regain control over their activities. 
    Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDSs)  

    Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, commonly known as NSAIDs, constitute a class of medications used in the treatment of migraines. According to (6), these drugs are characterized by their anti-inflammatory, analgesic, and antipyretic properties. NSAIDs are versatile, as they are not exclusively used for migraines but are also used for various other pain and inflammatory conditions (6). Let’s see more details below as described by (25), (40), (6) and (28). 

    Drug Class 

    NSAIDs encompass a broad class of medications, including well-known examples such as ibuprofen, naproxen, and aspirin. They function by inhibiting enzymes called cyclooxygenases (COX), thereby reducing the production of inflammatory prostaglandins. This mechanism provides relief from pain and mitigates inflammation associated with migraines. 

    Benefits 

    The primary benefit of NSAIDs in migraine management lies in their ability to alleviate pain and reduce inflammation. They are particularly effective for individuals experiencing mild to moderate migraines. NSAIDs offer a rapid onset of action, making them suitable for individuals seeking prompt relief. Additionally, these medications are available over-the-counter in many formulations, providing accessibility for patients. 

    Side Effects 

    While NSAIDs are generally well-tolerated, they may cause side effects, especially with prolonged or excessive use. Common side effects include gastrointestinal issues such as stomach upset or ulcers. Healthcare professionals need to consider a patient’s medical history, including conditions like gastric ulcers, before prescribing NSAIDs. In rare cases, more severe side effects like cardiovascular events may occur, emphasizing the importance of cautious use. 

    Clinical Effects 

    The clinical effects of NSAIDs in migraine management encompass various aspects. Here’s a list of some of them. 

    • Pain Relief: NSAIDs are effective in providing pain relief during acute migraine attacks. By reducing prostaglandin levels, they alleviate headache symptoms and contribute to the overall comfort of individuals experiencing migraines. 
    • Inhibition of Inflammatory Responses: The anti-inflammatory properties of NSAIDs are particularly beneficial when migraines are associated with inflammatory processes. NSAIDs help mitigate inflammation, reducing the severity and duration of migraine attacks. 
    • Improvement in Associated Symptoms: Beyond pain relief, NSAIDs address associated symptoms such as nausea and photophobia, enhancing the overall patient experience during a migraine episode. 
    • Prevention of Migraine Progression: When administered early in the migraine attack, NSAIDs can prevent the progression of headaches to more severe stages. This early intervention is critical for optimizing outcomes and minimizing the impact of migraines on daily life. 
    Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide (CGRP) Inhibitors 

    Calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP) inhibitors represent a modern class of medications revolutionizing the landscape of migraine management. According to (11), these drugs specifically target CGRP, a neuropeptide involved in dilating blood vessels and transmitting pain signals. By inhibiting CGRP, these inhibitors aim to modulate migraine pathways and reduce the frequency and severity of attacks (11). Let’s see more details below as described by (23) and (11). 

    Drug Class 

    CGRP inhibitors belong to a unique drug class designed explicitly for migraine prevention. Examples of CGRP inhibitors include Erenumab, Fremanezumab, and Galcanezumab. These medications are administered via subcutaneous injections, typically monthly or quarterly. The focus on preventive therapy distinguishes CGRP inhibitors from acute treatment options like Triptans. 

    Benefits 

    The primary benefit of CGRP inhibitors lies in their efficacy in preventing migraines. Clinical trials have demonstrated a significant reduction in the frequency of monthly migraine attacks among individuals using CGRP inhibitors. This preventive approach is especially valuable for those with frequent and debilitating migraines, offering a chance to enhance their quality of life. 

    Moreover, CGRP inhibitors are well-tolerated with fewer side effects than other preventive medications. They provide a targeted and specific intervention, addressing the underlying mechanisms of migraines without causing widespread effects on other bodily functions. 

    Side Effects 

    While generally well-tolerated, CGRP inhibitors may have some side effects. Local injection site reactions, such as redness or swelling, are common but typically mild. It is crucial for healthcare professionals to monitor and address any adverse effects promptly. Additionally, ongoing research is essential to further understand the long-term safety profile of these medications. 

    Clinical Effects 

    The clinical effects of CGRP inhibitors are transformative in the realm of migraine management, offering a novel approach to prevention. Primary clinical effects include the following: 

    • Reduction in Migraine Frequency: One of the hallmark effects of CGRP inhibitors is a significant reduction in the frequency of migraine attacks. By consistently blocking CGRP receptors, these medications disrupt the migraine cascade, leading to a sustained preventive effect. 
    • Improvement in Migraine Severity: CGRP inhibitors not only reduce the frequency but also contribute to a decrease in the severity of migraine attacks. This comprehensive effect enhances the overall quality of life for individuals suffering from chronic migraines. 
    • Enhanced Functional Capacity: Migraines often result in functional impairment, limiting individuals’ ability to perform daily tasks. CGRP inhibitors restore functional capacity, allowing patients to regain control over their activities and participate more fully in their daily lives. 
    • Well-Tolerated Profile: CGRP inhibitors are generally well-tolerated, with a favorable side effect profile. This characteristic enhances patient adherence to preventive treatment, a critical factor in long-term migraine management. 
    Beta-Blockers 

    Beta-blockers are a class of medications that have found a significant place in migraine management. Initially developed for cardiovascular conditions, beta-blockers have demonstrated efficacy in preventing migraines by reducing the frequency and severity of attacks (32). According to (32), these medications work by blocking the effects of adrenaline, leading to reduced heart rate and blood pressure. Let’s see more details below as described by (32) and (27). 

    Drug Class 

    Beta-blockers encompass various medications, with examples such as propranolol, metoprolol, and timolol commonly prescribed for migraine prevention. These drugs fall into the broader category of antihypertensive medications but are repurposed for their preventive benefits in migraine care. Unlike acute treatments, which provide relief during an ongoing attack, beta-blockers are taken regularly to reduce the overall occurrence of migraines. 

    Benefits 

    The primary benefit of beta-blockers in migraine management is their preventive action. Clinical studies have shown that beta-blockers can significantly reduce the frequency of migraines, making them particularly suitable for individuals with chronic or frequent attacks. This preventive approach aims to enhance the overall quality of life for those who experience migraines regularly. 

    Beta-blockers are especially beneficial for individuals with comorbid conditions such as hypertension or heart disease. By addressing both cardiovascular concerns and migraines, these medications offer a comprehensive therapeutic approach. 

    Side Effects 

    While generally well-tolerated, beta-blockers may cause side effects that individuals need to be aware of. Common side effects include fatigue, dizziness, and changes in sleep patterns. Healthcare professionals need to monitor patients regularly and adjust the dosage or consider alternative medications if side effects become problematic. Beta-blockers are typically avoided in individuals with certain heart conditions, emphasizing the importance of an individualized approach. 

    Clinical Effects 

    The clinical effects of beta-blockers in migraine management encompass various dimensions. See some examples below: 

    • Reduction in Migraine Frequency: Beta-blockers are known for their ability to reduce the frequency of migraine attacks significantly. This preventive effect is especially valuable for individuals experiencing chronic migraines, enhancing their overall quality of life. 
    • Alleviation of Migraine Severity: Beyond frequency reduction, beta-blockers contribute to a decrease in the severity of migraine attacks. This comprehensive effect enhances the overall comfort of individuals during migraine episodes. 
    • Improvement in Associated Symptoms: Beta-blockers have been shown to address associated symptoms such as nausea and sensitivity to light. By modulating the autonomic nervous system, these medications offer a holistic approach to migraine management. 
    • Cardiovascular Benefits: Beta-blockers provide additional benefits for individuals with comorbidities due to their primary use in cardiovascular conditions. This dual action allows for comprehensive management of both migraine and cardiovascular health. 
    Anticonvulsants 

    Anticonvulsants, originally developed to control seizures in epilepsy, have emerged as a valuable class of medications in the preventive management of migraines (9). According to (9), these drugs, also known as antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), work by stabilizing electrical activity in the brain and reducing the frequency and severity of migraine attacks. Let’s see more details below as described by (32) and (9). 

    Drug Class 

    Anticonvulsants comprise a diverse class of medications, including Topiramate, Valproic acid, and Gabapentin. While their primary use may be in epilepsy, the preventive benefits of certain anticonvulsants extend to migraines. These medications are taken regularly to provide ongoing protection against migraines. 

    Benefits 

    The primary benefit of anticonvulsants in migraine management is their preventive action. Clinical trials have demonstrated the efficacy of certain anticonvulsants, such as topiramate, in significantly reducing the frequency of migraines. This preventative approach is particularly suitable for individuals with chronic or frequent attacks, aiming to improve overall quality of life. 

    Anticonvulsants are especially valuable for individuals who may not find relief or experience intolerable side effects with other preventive medications. The versatility of this drug class allows healthcare professionals to tailor treatment plans based on individual patient characteristics and responses. 

    Side Effects 

    While generally well-tolerated, anticonvulsants may cause side effects that individuals need to be aware of. Common side effects include drowsiness, dizziness, and gastrointestinal disturbances. It is crucial for healthcare professionals to monitor patients regularly and adjust the dosage or consider alternative medications if side effects become problematic. Additionally, certain anticonvulsants may have specific considerations, such as the need to regularly monitor liver function in individuals taking Valproic acid. 

    Clinical Effects 

    The clinical effects of anticonvulsants in migraine management encompass the following dimensions: 

    • Reduction in Migraine Frequency: Anticonvulsants are known for their ability to significantly reduce the frequency of migraine attacks. This preventive effect is particularly valuable for individuals experiencing chronic migraines, substantially improving their overall quality of life. 
    • Alleviation of Migraine Severity: Beyond frequency reduction, anticonvulsants contribute to a decrease in the severity of migraine attacks. This comprehensive effect enhances the overall comfort of individuals during migraine episodes. 
    • Improvement in Associated Symptoms: By modulating neurotransmission and neuronal excitability, Anticonvulsants address associated symptoms such as nausea and sensitivity to light. This holistic approach contributes to a more comprehensive management of migraines. 
    • Beneficial in Comorbid Conditions: Anticonvulsants, due to their broader neurological effects, can be helpful for individuals with comorbid conditions such as epilepsy or mood disorders. This dual benefit allows for comprehensive management and improves overall well-being. 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do Triptans contribute to migraine management, and in what scenarios might healthcare professionals prioritize their use during acute migraine attacks? 
    2. Can you differentiate the mechanisms of action between NSAIDs and Triptans in migraine management, and how might this understanding influence the choice of medication for a specific patient? 
    3. What roles do CGRP inhibitors play in migraine pharmacotherapy? 
    4. Consider a scenario where a patient experiences migraines with comorbid cardiovascular issues. How might the choice of medication be influenced by the need to prioritize both migraine relief and cardiovascular safety? 

    Clinical Criteria for Prescribing 

    In migraine management, prescribing medications involves a comprehensive understanding of clinical criteria to tailor interventions effectively. This section explores the clinical factors guiding the prescription of migraine medications and the decision-making process for healthcare providers. Here are some of the factors. 

    Frequency and Severity of Migraine Attacks 

    An essential consideration in prescribing migraine medications is the frequency and severity of migraine attacks experienced by the patient. For instance, a patient suffering from frequent and severe attacks may benefit from preventive medications to reduce the overall frequency and intensity of migraines (31).  

    Individual Response to Pain and Associated Symptoms 

    The subjective experience of pain and associated symptoms during migraines varies among individuals. A patient who experiences intense nausea and vomiting may require medications with rapid onset and alternative formulations, such as nasal sprays or injectables, to address these specific symptoms effectively (8).  

    Impact on Daily Functioning and Quality of Life 

    Prescribing migraine medications involves considering the impact of migraines on a patient’s daily functioning and overall quality of life (24). For example, a working professional with migraines that significantly impede productivity may require acute medications with fast-acting formulations for quick relief during work hours.  

    Comorbid Conditions and Patient Preferences 

    Comorbid conditions and patient preferences are pivotal factors in prescribing migraine medications. A patient with comorbid cardiovascular issues may require careful consideration of medication options to mitigate potential risks (2).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How does a patient’s medical history, especially factors like cardiovascular health, influence the clinical criteria for prescribing migraine medications? 
    2. Why is it essential for healthcare professionals to assess the frequency and severity of migraine attacks when determining the clinical criteria for prescribing medications? 
    3. How do patient preferences contribute to the clinical criteria for prescribing migraine medications? 

    Pharmacokinetics 

    Understanding the pharmacokinetics of migraine management medications enables healthcare professionals to tailor treatment plans based on individual patient characteristics, ensuring maximum therapeutic benefit. Let’s get into more details for each of the medications listed above: 

    Triptans 

    Absorption 

    Triptans exhibit distinct pharmacokinetic properties that influence their efficacy and onset of action. Following oral administration, Triptans are absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract and the rate of absorption varies among different Triptans, contributing to differences in their clinical profiles. (39) 

    Distribution 

    Upon absorption, Triptans undergo distribution to reach target sites in the body, primarily the central nervous system. Their lipophilic nature allows them to penetrate the blood-brain barrier, enabling interaction with serotonin receptors implicated in migraine pathophysiology. The distribution of Triptans influences their ability to exert effects centrally and peripherally. (39) 

    Metabolism 

    Metabolism is a crucial aspect of triptan pharmacokinetics, occurring predominantly in the liver. The enzyme responsible for triptan metabolism is monoamine oxidase-A (MAO-A). (39) 

    Excretion 

    The final phase in the pharmacokinetic journey of Triptans is excretion, primarily through renal and biliary routes. Renal excretion eliminates the unchanged drug and its metabolites, while biliary excretion expels metabolites via the bile into the gastrointestinal tract. The interplay between metabolism and excretion contributes to the overall pharmacokinetic profile of Triptans. Variations in renal function may influence the elimination of the half-life of certain Triptans, impacting the duration of their therapeutic effect. (39) 

    Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs) 

    Absorption 

    Following oral administration, NSAIDs are absorbed in the gastrointestinal tract, with the rate and extent varying among different agents. For instance, ibuprofen exhibits rapid absorption, making it suitable for prompt relief during acute migraine attacks. On the other hand, naproxen has a longer duration of action due to slower absorption, making it well-suited for sustained pain relief. (28) 

    Distribution 

    Upon absorption, NSAIDs embark on a journey of distribution throughout the body. Their lipophilic nature allows for penetration into various tissues, including inflamed areas. The distribution influences the drug’s ability to reach target sites, such as the central nervous system, where NSAIDs exert their analgesic and anti-inflammatory effects. This property is particularly relevant in the context of migraines, where the inflammatory component contributes to pain. (28) 

    Metabolism 

    Metabolism plays a role in shaping the pharmacokinetic profile of NSAIDs, occurring primarily in the liver. Enzymes such as cytochrome P450 contribute to the biotransformation of NSAIDs into metabolites. The metabolism of NSAIDs can vary among individuals, impacting factors such as drug efficacy and potential side effects. For example, the metabolism of certain NSAIDs, like diclofenac, can be influenced by genetic polymorphisms, contributing to interindividual variability in drug response. (21) 

    Excretion 

    The final phase of the NSAID journey involves excretion, predominantly through the kidneys. Unchanged NSAIDs and their metabolites are eliminated via urine. Considerations of renal function are crucial in the context of NSAID use, as impaired kidney function can lead to prolonged drug half-life and increased risk of adverse effects. Regular monitoring of renal function is essential, especially in individuals with conditions that may affect kidney health. (21) 

    Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide (CGRP) 

    Absorption 

    Administered via subcutaneous injections, CGRP inhibitors such as Erenumab and Fremanezumab enter the bloodstream directly, allowing for precise control over drug levels. This mode of administration ensures a reliable and consistent absorption rate, contributing to the predictability of therapeutic outcomes. (11) 

    Distribution 

    Following absorption, CGRP inhibitors are distributed throughout the body, focusing on target sites implicated in migraine pathophysiology, like the central nervous system. (11) 

    Metabolism 

    Unlike many traditional medications, CGRP inhibitors follow a different path in terms of metabolism. Due to their biotechnological origin as monoclonal antibodies, these drugs do not undergo significant hepatic metabolism. Instead, proteolytic enzymes break them down into smaller peptides and amino acids, which occur systemically. This unique metabolic pathway aligns with the specificity of CGRP inhibitors, minimizing interactions with hepatic enzymes and potential drug-drug interactions. (37) 

    Excretion 

    The final phase of the CGRP inhibitor journey involves excretion, primarily through the kidneys via renal clearance. This aspect is particularly relevant when considering individual patient factors such as renal function, as impaired kidney function can affect the clearance of CGRP inhibitors and influence their duration of action. (37) 

    Beta-Blockers 

    Absorption 

    Administered orally, beta-blockers like propranolol and metoprolol are absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract. Depending on the condition of the gastrointestinal tract, the rate and extent of absorption can vary, impacting the time it takes for these medications to reach therapeutic levels in the bloodstream. (27) 

    Distribution 

    Once absorbed, beta-blockers embark on distribution throughout the body. Their lipophilic nature enables penetration through cell membranes, allowing them to reach target tissues, including the heart and blood vessels. In the context of migraine management, the distribution properties of beta-blockers are crucial for their ability to modulate the autonomic nervous system centrally and peripherally, leading to the desired preventive effects against migraines. (27) 

    Metabolism 

    The metabolism of beta-blockers occurs primarily in the liver, where enzymes play a role in their biotransformation. Genetic polymorphisms in these enzymes can contribute to interindividual variability in drug metabolism. (27) 

    Excretion 

    The final phase of the beta-blocker journey involves excretion, predominantly through the kidneys, where unchanged beta-blockers and their metabolites are eliminated via urine. The renal excretion of these drugs is relevant when considering individual patient factors, such as renal function, as impaired kidney function can affect the clearance of beta-blockers and influence their duration of action. (27) 

    Anticonvulsants 

    Absorption  

    Typically administered orally, anticonvulsants like topiramate and valproic acid are absorbed through the gastrointestinal tract. The rate and extent of absorption play a crucial role in determining the onset of action and overall effectiveness. (9) 

    Distribution  

    Following absorption, anticonvulsants undergo distribution throughout the body. Their lipophilic nature allows them to penetrate the blood-brain barrier, reaching target sites in the central nervous system relevant to migraine pathophysiology. The distribution properties of anticonvulsants contribute to their ability to modulate neuronal excitability centrally and exert preventive effects against migraines. (9) 

    Metabolism 

    Metabolism is a crucial aspect of anticonvulsant pharmacokinetics. This occurs predominantly in the liver and enzymes play an important role in the biotransformation of anticonvulsants into metabolites. The metabolism of anticonvulsants can vary among individuals, impacting factors such as drug efficacy and potential side effects. For example, valproic acid undergoes extensive hepatic metabolism, and variations in enzyme activity can lead to interindividual variability in drug response. (30) 

    Excretion  

    The final phase in the anticonvulsant journey involves excretion, primarily through the kidneys. Unchanged anticonvulsants and their metabolites are eliminated via urine. This renal excretion is relevant when considering individual patient factors such as renal function, as impaired kidney function can affect the clearance of anticonvulsants and influence their duration of action. (30) 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How do the pharmacokinetics of Triptans, specifically their absorption and distribution, contribute to their efficacy in managing acute migraine attacks? 
    2. Can you explain the key pharmacokinetic parameters of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) used in migraine management and how they influence drug effectiveness? 
    3. What role do pharmacokinetic factors play in the onset and duration of action of calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP) inhibitors? 
    4. In the context of migraine medications, how does the pharmacokinetics of beta-blockers influence their absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion in the body? 

    Warnings Related to Migraine Medications 

    Understanding potential warnings related to migraine medications is essential for healthcare professionals to ensure safe and effective treatment. Here are some factors to consider.  

    Medication Safety 

    Migraine medications, whether preventive or acute, come with specific warnings that need careful attention. For instance, some medications may have contraindications for individuals with certain medical conditions or those taking specific medications concurrently. According to (34), healthcare providers must be vigilant in assessing patient medical histories to identify potential contraindications. 

    Addressing Cardiovascular Risks 

    Certain migraine medications, such as Triptans, may pose cardiovascular risks, especially in individuals with pre-existing cardiovascular conditions (35). Therefore, it is crucial for healthcare providers to assess patients’ cardiovascular health and consider alternative medications or dose adjustments for those at higher risk. For example, a patient with a history of myocardial infarction may be advised to avoid Triptans, and a different class of medication, like NSAIDs, may be recommended. 

    Pregnancy and Lactation Considerations 

    Warnings related to pregnancy and lactation are paramount. Some migraine medications may have potential risks during pregnancy, and healthcare providers must carefully weigh the benefits and risks when prescribing for pregnant or lactating individuals. For instance, valproic acid is associated with an increased risk of congenital disabilities, and alternative medications with a safer profile may be preferred for pregnant individuals seeking migraine relief (1). 

    Managing Medication Overuse Headaches (MOH) 

    A significant warning associated with migraine medications is the risk of medication overuse headaches (34). To prevent this problem, healthcare providers need to educate patients about the importance of adhering to prescribed dosages and avoiding excessive use of acute medications. Offering alternative strategies, such as lifestyle modifications and preventive medications, can be crucial in managing and preventing MOH. 

     

     

     

     

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some common warnings associated with the use of Triptans in migraine management, and how should healthcare providers address these warnings? 
    2. Can you identify specific cardiovascular risks associated with certain migraine medications, and what should be considered when prescribing these medications to patients with pre-existing cardiovascular conditions? 
    3. What warnings are typically associated with the use of valproic acid in migraine management, particularly concerning specific patient populations such as pregnant individuals? 
    4. How do healthcare providers manage and educate patients about the risk of medication overuse headaches associated with certain migraine medications, and what preventive measures can be implemented to minimize this risk? 

    Alternatives to Migraine Medications 

    According to (5), integrating alternative methods provides additional tools for healthcare professionals and empowers individuals seeking a more comprehensive and personalized approach to migraine care. Here are some alternative approaches: 

    Holistic Lifestyle Modifications 

    Holistic management of migraines involves lifestyle modifications that can significantly impact the frequency and severity of attacks. For instance, incorporating regular physical activity, maintaining a consistent sleep schedule, and managing stress through practices like mindfulness and yoga have shown promise in reducing migraine occurrence (5). Educating patients about these lifestyle changes empowers them to actively participate in their migraine management. 

    Biofeedback and Relaxation Techniques 

    Biofeedback and relaxation techniques offer non-pharmacological interventions that enhance self-awareness and control over physiological responses (22). These approaches teach individuals to recognize and manage stress triggers, ultimately reducing the frequency of migraines. For example, biofeedback training that monitors muscle tension and provides real-time feedback can effectively prevent migraines (22). 

    Acupuncture and Acupressure 

    According to (22), traditional Chinese medicine practices like acupuncture and acupressure have gained recognition for their potential in migraine management. Acupuncture involves the insertion of thin needles into specific points on the body, while acupressure applies pressure to these points. Research suggests that these methods reduce the frequency and intensity of migraines, providing an alternative avenue for individuals seeking non-pharmacological options (22). 

    Nutritional Approaches 

    Dietary modifications and nutritional approaches also play a role in holistic migraine management. For example, identifying and avoiding potential trigger foods, such as those containing tyramine or artificial additives, can be beneficial (10). Additionally, ensuring adequate hydration and incorporating anti-inflammatory foods into the diet may contribute to overall well-being and migraine prevention (10).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What benefits do biofeedback and relaxation techniques offer in reducing the frequency and intensity of migraines? 
    2. How can biofeedback and relaxation techniques be integrated into a comprehensive migraine management plan?  
    3. What role do dietary modifications and nutritional approaches play in the holistic management of migraines?  
    4. How can healthcare professionals guide patients in identifying trigger foods and making informed nutritional choices? 

    Nursing Considerations 

    Nurses play a pivotal role in the holistic care of individuals with migraines, contributing to both the preventive and acute aspects of management through various considerations. Here are some important considerations. 

    Assessment and Patient Education 

    A thorough assessment includes evaluating the frequency, duration, and severity of migraines and identifying triggers and associated symptoms (3). Additionally, nurses play a key role in patient education, ensuring individuals clearly understand their migraine condition, the prescribed medications, and potential side effects. For instance, educating a patient about the importance of early intervention with acute medications during a migraine attack empowers them to take timely action. 

    Monitoring and Adverse Event Management 

    Nurses actively monitor individuals undergoing migraine treatment, monitoring the response to medications and any potential adverse events. Regular monitoring includes assessing the effectiveness of preventive measures, tracking the frequency of migraine attacks, and identifying patterns that may require adjustments in the treatment plan (34). If adverse events or side effects occur, nurses are instrumental in managing them promptly, collaborating with healthcare providers to ensure the safety and well-being of individuals. 

    Supportive Care and Holistic Approach 

    Nursing considerations extend beyond medication management to supportive care and a holistic approach. Nurses provide emotional support, helping individuals cope with the impact of migraines on their daily lives. Moreover, they collaborate with other healthcare professionals to integrate holistic approaches such as lifestyle modifications, stress management, and alternative therapies into the overall care plan. According to (34), this collaborative and patient-centered approach enhances the effectiveness of migraine management. 

    Documentation and Communication 

    Accurate and thorough documentation of relevant patient information, medication administration details, and responses to treatment is a fundamental nursing responsibility in migraine management (34). In addition to that, clear and concise communication between nursing staff, healthcare providers, and other healthcare team members ensures continuity of care (34).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. How can a thorough patient assessment contribute to the safe and effective administration of migraine medications? 
    2. How do nursing responsibilities extend beyond medication administration to encompass patient education?  
    3. When monitoring individuals undergoing migraine treatment, what are the essential aspects that nurses should observe? 
    4. How does the collaborative communication between nursing staff, healthcare providers, and other team members contribute to the continuity of care in migraine management?  

    Upcoming Research 

    Staying ahead of the curve is essential for healthcare professionals to provide cutting-edge care and optimize outcomes for individuals with migraines. Upcoming research include the following: 

    Advancements in Targeted Therapies 

    Recent research has unveiled promising advancements in targeted therapies for migraine management. For example, research about monoclonal antibodies targeting the calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP) pathway is proving to be effective in preventing migraines (12).  

    Digital Health and Telemedicine in Migraine Care 

    Integrating digital health technologies and telemedicine is a burgeoning trend in migraine management research. Smartphone applications for tracking migraine patterns, wearable devices for monitoring physiological parameters, and virtual consultations enable a more comprehensive and patient-centric approach (12). This shift toward digital solutions enhances data collection and facilitates remote monitoring and timely interventions, particularly in scenarios where in-person visits may be challenging (12). 

    Genetic and Personalized Medicine Approaches 

    Advancements in genetic research are paving the way for personalized medicine in migraine care. Understanding the genetic underpinnings of migraines can guide the development of targeted interventions tailored to an individual’s unique genetic profile. This personalized approach could revolutionize treatment strategies, allowing for more precise and effective interventions based on the genetic factors contributing to a person’s migraines (13). 

    Exploration of Lifestyle and Environmental Influences 

    Upcoming research increasingly focuses on the intricate interplay between lifestyle, environmental factors, and migraines; and studies examining the impact of factors such as diet, sleep patterns, and environmental triggers contribute valuable insights (13). For instance, research may reveal specific dietary components that act as triggers or protective factors for migraines, allowing healthcare professionals to offer targeted lifestyle recommendations. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What recent research findings have emerged regarding migraine prevention? 
    2. How are digital health technologies and telemedicine being incorporated into upcoming research on migraine management?  
    3. In personalized medicine, how is genetic research influencing upcoming approaches to migraine care?   
    4. How can consideration of lifestyle factors and environmental influences contribute to a more holistic approach of migraine management? 

    Conclusion

    In conclusion, this course focused on empowering learners not only with knowledge about migraine management, but with the practical insights and skills crucial for excellence in migraine care. The journey doesn’t end here; it extends into the realm of compassionate practice, where the combination of scientific understanding and safety measures transforms care providers into formidable advocates for those navigating the complexities of migraines. 

     

    Asthma Treatment and Monitoring

    Introduction   

    When hearing the phrase asthma, what comes to mind? If you’re an advanced practice registered nurse (APRN) with prescriptive authority, you’ve definitely heard of asthma before. Even as a nurse or maybe before nursing school, conversations about prescription drug use and respiratory health existed every so often.

    Presently, patients seek guidance and information on various health topics from APRNs, including medication management and respiratory health. The information in this course will serve as a valuable resource for APRNs with prescriptive authority of all specialties, education levels, and backgrounds, to learn more about medications that can treat and manage asthma.

    Defining Asthma 

    What Is Asthma? 

    Asthma is a non-communicable chronic health condition that affects the airways of the lungs and affects millions of people nationwide. Asthma is often diagnosed in childhood and can resolve in adulthood or continue for the rest of a patient’s life. Several studies postulate the cause of asthma, but there is no definitive cause.  

    Genetics, age, environmental exposures, smoking, and a history of allergies are thought to play a role in asthma severity and development. Clinical presentation of asthma often includes trouble breathing, chronic airway inflammation, and airway hyperresponsiveness. Assessment for asthma often includes patient history, clinical presentation, spirometry testing, and pulmonary function tests (PFTs). 

     

    What Are the Stages of Asthma? 

    Since asthma is a chronic condition, several established guidelines can be used to determine the severity of asthma and explore possible medication options. Depending on the stage of asthma and patient response to existing therapy, treatment and management vary.  

    The four stages of asthma include intermittent, mild, moderate, and severe. Based on the 2020 National Asthma Education and Prevention Program (NAEPP) guidelines, here is the standard criteria for what constitutes each stage of asthma (2). 

     

    Intermittent asthma is characterized with the following clinical presentation and assessment (2): 

    • Patient history of respiratory symptoms, such as cough, trouble breathing, wheezing, or chest tightness <2 times a week 
    • Asthmatic flare-ups are short-lived with varying intensity  
    • Symptoms at night are <2 a month 
    • No asthmatic symptoms between flare-ups 
    • Lung function test FEV 1 at >80% above normal values 
    • Peak flow has <20% variability am-to-am or am-to-pm, day-to-day 

     

    Mild persistent asthma is characterized with the following clinical presentation and assessment (2): 

    • Patient history of respiratory symptoms, such as cough, trouble breathing, wheezing, or chest tightness 3-6 times a week 
    • Asthmatic flare-ups may affect activity level and can vary in intensity 
    • Symptoms at night are 3-4 times a month 
    • Lung function test FEV1 is >80% above normal values 
    • Peak flow has less than 20-30% variability 

     

    Moderate persistent asthma is characterized with the following clinical presentation and assessment (2): 

    • Patient history of respiratory symptoms, such as cough, trouble breathing, wheezing, or chest tightness daily 
    • Asthmatic flare-ups may affect activity level and can vary in intensity 
    • Symptoms at night are >5 times a month 
    • Lung function test FEV1 is 60%-80% of normal values 
    • Peak flow has more than 30% variability 

     

    Severe persistent asthma is characterized with the following clinical presentation and assessment (2): 

    • Patient history of respiratory symptoms, such as cough, trouble breathing, wheezing, or chest tightness continuously  
    • Asthmatic flare-ups affect activity level and often vary in intensity 
    • Asthmatic symptoms at night are constant 
    • Lung function test FEV1 is <60% of normal values 
    • Peak flow has more than 30% variability 

     

    Based on patient history, clinical presentation, and these criteria, treatment can be administered to decrease the symptoms of the patient. If a patient presents with symptoms that are outside of your scope of work or understanding, you can always refer patients to a pulmonologist or asthma specialist.  

    Often times, more severe cases of asthma and asthma emergencies require increased frequency and dosing of asthma-related medications. Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history, pulmonary function, and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications (1). 

     

    What Are Asthmatic Emergencies? 

    Asthmatic emergencies are if a patient has asthma symptoms that are beyond what they typically experience and are unable to function without immediate medical intervention. Asthma emergencies can occur as a result of a patient being unable to access their asthmatic medications, being exposed to a possible allergen, or being under increased stress on the body.  

    Asthmatic emergencies often require collaborative medical intervention, increased dosages of medications discussed below, and patient education to prevent future asthmatic emergencies (1).  

     

    What If Asthma Is Left Untreated? 

    Depending on the clinical presentation and severity of asthma, asthma can cause several long-term complications if left untreated. If asthma is not properly managed, several complications, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), decreased lung function, permanent changes to the lungs’ airways, and death can occur (1, 2).  

     

     

    Defining Asthma Medications 

     

    What Are Commonly Used Medications to Manage Asthma? 

    Commonly used medications to manage asthma include inhaled corticosteroids, oral corticosteroids, short-acting beta agonists (SABAs), long-acting beta agonists (LABAs), long-acting muscarinic antagonists (LABAs), adenosine receptor antagonists, leukotriene modifiers, mast cell stabilizers, and monoclonal antibodies. The dosage, frequency, amount of asthma management medications, and medication administration route can all vary depending on clinical presentation, patient health history, and more.  

     

    How and Where are Asthma Medications Used? 

    Asthma medications can be used routinely or as needed for management of asthma symptoms depending on the patient. Asthma medications can be used at home, in public, and in health care facilities. Depending on the specific asthma medication and dosage, these medications can be taken by mouth, by an external device, such as an inhaler, via subcutaneous injection, or via intravenous solution (1).  

     

    What Are the Clinical Criteria for Prescribing Asthma Medication? 

    Clinical criteria for prescribing asthma medication can depend on the clinical presentation of a patient. Assessment of lung health and patient history are essential to determining the dosage and medications needed for adequate asthmatic symptom control.  

    Clinical guidelines from reputable organizations, such as the National Asthma Education and Prevention Program (NAEPP), the National Institutes of Health (NIH), the Global Initiative for Asthma (GINA), and the American Academy of Family Physicians (AAFP) can provide insight into the latest recommendations for asthma management (1, 2). In addition, local laws or health departments might have recommendations for asthma medication guidelines.  

     

    What Is the Average Cost for Asthma Medications? 

    Cost for asthma medications can significantly vary depending on the type of medication, insurance, dosage, frequency, medication administration route, and other factors. Cost is among a leading reason why many patients cannot maintain their medication regime (3). If cost is a concern for your patient, consider reaching out to your local pharmacies or patient care teams to find cost effective solutions for your patients.  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some common signs of asthma? 
    2. What are some common medications that can be prescribed to manage asthma? 
    3. What are some factors that can influence asthma development and severity? 

    Inhaled Corticosteroids Pharmacokinetics 

    Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications.  

     

    Drug Class – Inhaled Corticosteroids  

    Commercially available inhaled corticosteroids include: ciclesonide (Alvesco HFA), fluticasone propionate (Flovent Diskus, Flovent HFA, Armon Digihaler), budesonide (Pulmicort Flexhaler), beclomethasone dipropionate (QVAR RediHaler), fluticasone furoate (Arnuity Ellipta), and mometasone furoate (Asmanex HFA, Asmanex Twisthaler).  

    Clinical criteria for prescribing an inhaled corticosteroid includes adherence to the latest clinical guidelines, patient medical history, patient clinical presentation, and drug availability (4).  

     

    Inhaled Corticosteroids Method of Action 

    Inhaled corticosteroids have an intricate mechanism of action involving several responses to the immune system. Inhaled corticosteroids decrease the existing initial inflammatory response by decreasing the creation and slowing the release of inflammatory mediators. Common inflammatory mediators include histamine, cytokines, eicosanoids, and leukotrienes. Inhaled corticosteroids can also induce vasoconstrictive mechanisms, which, as a result, can lead to less blood flow, resulting in less discomfort and edema (4).  

    In addition to anti-inflammatory properties, inhaled corticosteroids can create a localized immunosuppressive state that limits the airways’ hypersensitivity reaction, which is thought to reduce bronchospasms and other asthma-associated symptoms. It is important to note that inhaled corticosteroids often do not produce therapeutic effects immediately, as many patients may not see a change in their asthma symptoms for at least a week after beginning inhaled corticosteroid therapy (4).  

     

    Inhaled Corticosteroids Side Effects 

    Every medication has the possibility of side effects, and inhaled corticosteroids are no exception. Common side effects of inhaled corticosteroids include oral candidiasis (thrush), throat irritation, headache, and cough.  

    Patient education about rinsing their mouth and oral hygiene after use is essential to avoid the possibility of thrush and other oral infections and irritations. More severe side effects can include prolonged immunosuppression, reduction in bone density, and adrenal dysfunction (4).  

     

    Inhaled Corticosteroids Alternatives 

    While there are clinical criteria for asthma medications, everyone can respond to medications differently. Some patients might not report their symptoms alleviating with inhaled corticosteroids, so additional medication, increased dosage, a change in frequency, or a new medication class might need to be considered (4).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some possible side effects of inhaled corticosteroids?  
    2. What are some patient considerations to keep in mind when prescribing inhaled corticosteroids? 

    Oral Corticosteroids Pharmacokinetics 

    Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications.  

     

    Drug Class – Oral Corticosteroids  

    Commercially available oral corticosteroids include methylprednisolone, prednisolone, and prednisone. Clinical criteria for prescribing an oral corticosteroid includes adherence to the latest clinical guidelines, patient medical history, patient clinical presentation, and drug availability (4).  

     

    Oral Corticosteroids Method of Action 

    Methylprednisolone and prednisolone have a method of action as intermediate, long-lasting, synthetic glucocorticoids, have COX-2 inhibitory properties, and inhibit the creation of inflammatory cytokines (5). 

    Prednisone is a prodrug to prednisolone and has anti-inflammatory and immunomodulating glucocorticoid properties. Prednisone has a method of decreasing inflammation by reversing increased capillary permeability and suppressing the movement of certain leukocytes (6).  

     

    Oral Corticosteroids Side Effects 

    Every medication has the possibility of side effects, and oral corticosteroids are no exception. Methylprednisolone and prednisolone have possible side effects of skin changes, weight gain, increased intraocular pressure, neuropsychiatric events, neutrophilia, immunocompromised state, fluid retention, and GI upset.  

    Consider monitoring symptoms and overall health of patients on systemic corticosteroids to assess for long-term side effects (5). Prednisone has possible side effects of changes in blood glucose, changes in sleep habits, changes in appetite, increased bone loss, an immunocompromised state, changes in adrenal function, and changes in blood pressure (6).  

     

    Oral Corticosteroids Alternatives 

    While there are clinical criteria for asthma medications, everyone can respond to medications differently. Some patients might not report their symptoms alleviating with oral corticosteroids, so additional medication, increased dosage, a change in frequency, or a new medication class might need to be considered (6).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some possible side effects of oral corticosteroids?  
    2. What are some patient considerations to keep in mind when prescribing oral corticosteroids versus inhaled corticosteroids? 

    Short-Acting Beta Agonists (SABAs)  

    Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications.  

     

    Drug Class – SABAs 

    Common commercially available SABAs include albuterol sulfate (ProAir HFA, Proventil HFA, Ventolin HFA), albuterol sulfate inhalation powder (ProAir RespiClick, ProAir Digihaler), levalbuterol tartrate (Xopenex HFA), and levalbuterol hydrochloride (Xopenex) (4). 

     

    SABAs Method of Action 

    Short-acting beta-agonists (SABAs) have a rapid onset as broncho-dilating medications. SABAs, especially albuterol in emergent situations, are used often to quickly relax bronchial smooth muscle from the trachea to the bronchioles through action on the β2-receptors.  

    While SABAs are effective bronchodilators in the short term for asthma symptoms, SABAs do not affect the underlying mechanism of inflammation. As a result, SABAs are often used for short-acting intervals, such as few hours, and have limited capabilities to prevent asthma exacerbations alone (4). SABAs can be administered via meter-dosed inhalers, intravenous, dry powder inhalers, orally, subcutaneously, or via nebulizer.  

     

    SABAs Side Effects 

    Every medication has the possibility of side effects, and SABAs are no exception. Because of the beta receptor agonisms, possible SABA side effects include increased heart rate, chest pain, chest palpitations, body tremors, and nervousness (4). Because of the short half-life of SABAs, chronic side effects are not typically observed.  

     

    SABAs Alternatives 

    While there are clinical criteria for asthma medications, everyone can respond to medications differently. Some patients might not report their symptoms alleviating with SABAs, so additional medication, increased dosage, a change in frequency, or an additional medication class might need to be considered (4).  

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some possible side effects of short-acting beta agonists?  
    2. What are some patient considerations to keep in mind when prescribing SABAs? 

    Long-Acting Beta Agonists (LABAs) 

    Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications.  

     

    Drug Class – LABAs 

    Common commercially available LABAs are salmeterol and formoterol (7).  

     

    LABAs Method of Action 

    Long-acting beta-agonists (LABAs) have a rapid onset like SABAs, but also have a longer half-life. LABAs are used often as asthma maintenance medications to relax bronchial smooth muscle from the trachea to the bronchioles through action on the β2-receptors. While SABAs are effective bronchodilators in the short term for asthma symptoms, LABAs are effective bronchodilators in the long term for asthma symptoms.  

    Like SABAs, LABAs do not affect the underlying mechanism of inflammation. LABAs can be administered via meter-dosed inhalers, intravenous, dry powder inhalers, orally, subcutaneously, or via nebulizer. LABAs are often effective for 12-hour durations (7). 

     

    LABAs Side Effects 

     

    Every medication has the possibility of side effects, and LABAs are no exception. Like SABAs, because of the beta receptor agonisms, possible LABA side effects include increased heart rate, chest pain, chest palpitations, body tremors, and nervousness (7). Other more prolonged side effects can include changes in blood glucose levels and changes in potassium levels with prolonged LABA use (7).  

     

    LABAs Alternatives 

    While there are clinical criteria for asthma medications, everyone can respond to medications differently. Some patients might not report their symptoms alleviating with LABAs, so additional medication, increased dosage, a change in frequency, or an additional medication class might need to be considered (4).  

    In addition, there are combination inhaled corticosteroid/LABA medications that can be considered, such as fluticasone propionate and salmeterol (Advair Diskus, Advair HFA, AirDuo Digihaler, AirDuo RespiClick, Wixela Inhub), fluticasone furoate and vilanterol (Breo Ellipta), mometasone furoate and formoterol fumarate dihydrate (Dulera), and budesonide and formoterol fumarate dihydrate (Symbicort) (4). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some possible side effects of LABAs?  
    2. What are some patient considerations to keep in mind when prescribing SABAs compared to LABAs? 

    Long-Acting Muscarinic Antagonists (LAMAs) 

    Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications.  

     

    Drug Class – LAMAs 

    Common commercially available LAMAs include two inhalation powders via inhalers known as tiotropium bromide (Spiriva Respimat) and fluticasone furoate, umeclidinium, and vilanterol (Trelegy Ellipta) (4).  

     

    LAMAs Method of Action 

    Both drugs mentioned above are long-acting muscarinic antagonists (LAMAs). LAMAs work to alleviate asthmatic symptoms by antagonizing the type 3 muscarinic receptors in bronchial smooth muscles, resulting in relaxation of muscles in the airway (4). Because LAMAs are long-acting, they are not recommended for cases of acute asthma exacerbations or asthmatic emergencies (4). 

     

    LAMAs Side Effects 

    Possible LAMA side effects include urinary retention, dry mouth, constipation, and glaucoma (4).  

     

    LAMAs Alternatives 

    While there are clinical criteria for asthma medications, everyone can respond to medications differently. Some patients might not report their symptoms alleviating with LAMAs, so additional medication, increased dosage, a change in frequency, or an additional medication class might need to be considered (4). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some possible side effects of LAMAs?  
    2. What are some patient considerations to keep in mind when prescribing LAMAs? 

    Adenosine Receptor Antagonists Pharmacokinetics 

    Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications.  

     

    Drug Class – Adenosine Receptor Antagonists 

    The commercially available adenosine receptor antagonist for asthma management is theophylline as a pill or intravenous (8). 

      

    Adenosine Receptor Antagonists Method of Action 

    The method of action for theophylline is acting as a nonselective adenosine receptor antagonist, acting as a competitive, nonselective phosphodiesterase inhibitor, and reducing airway responsiveness to histamine, allergens, and methacholine (8).  

     

    Adenosine Receptor Antagonists Side Effects  

    Common side effects of theophylline include GI upset, headache, dizziness, irritability, and arrythmias (8).  

     

    Adenosine Receptor Antagonists Alternatives 

    While there are clinical criteria for asthma medications, everyone can respond to medications differently. Some patients might not report their symptoms alleviating with theophylline, so additional medication, increased dosage, a change in frequency, or an additional medication class might need to be considered (4). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some possible side effects of adenosine receptor antagonists?  
    2. What are some patient considerations to keep in mind when prescribing adenosine receptor antagonists? 

    Leukotriene Modifiers Pharmacokinetics 

    Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications.  

     

    Drug Class – Leukotriene Modifiers 

    Commercially available leukotriene modifiers include montelukast (Singular) and zafirlukast (Accolate) as oral pills taken once a day. Zileuton (Zyflo CR) is a 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor that also modifies leukotriene activity (4).  

     

    Leukotriene Modifiers Method of Action 

    Montelukast and zafirlukast work to control asthma-related symptoms by targeting leukotrienes, which are eicosanoid inflammatory markers. Montelukast works in particular by blocking leukotriene D4 receptors in the lungs, thus allowing decreased inflammation in the lungs and increased relaxation of lung smooth muscle (9).  

    Zafirlukast works by being a competitive antagonist at the cysteinyl leukotriene-1 receptor (CYSLTR1) (10). Zileuton is a 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor, in which 5-lipoxygenase is needed for leukotriene creation. Blocking 5-lipoxygenase decreases the formation of leukotrienes at several receptors. As a result of decreased leukotriene production, there is decreased inflammation, decreased mucus secretion, decreased bronchoconstriction (11). 

     

    Leukotriene Modifiers Side Effects 

    Possible side effects of montelukast include headaches, GI upset, and upset. Neuropsychiatric events, such as nightmares, changes in sleep, depression, and suicidal ideation are more severe side effects associated with montelukast.  

    Possible side effects of zafirlukast include headache, GI upset, and hepatic dysfunction (9).  

    Possible side effects of zileuton include hepatic dysfunction, changes in sleep, changes in mood, headaches, and GI upset. When the leukotriene modifiers, neuropsychiatric side effects are to be monitored for in particular, especially for suicidal ideation (9,10,11).  

     

    Leukotriene Modifiers Alternatives 

    Some patients might not report their symptoms alleviating with leukotriene modifiers, so additional medication, increased dosage, a change in frequency, or an additional medication class might need to be considered (4). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some possible side effects of leukotriene modifiers?  
    2. What are some patient considerations to keep in mind when prescribing leukotriene modifiers? 

    Mast Cell Stabilizer Pharmacokinetics 

    Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications.  

     

    Drug Class – Mast Cell Stabilizer 

    A commercially available mast cell stabilizer is cromolyn available via metered-dose inhaler and nebulizer solution (12).  

     

    Mast Cell Stabilizer Method of Action 

    Cromolyn has a method of action in which it inhibits the release of inflammatory mediators from cells, such as the release of histamine and leukotrienes (12).  

     

    Mast Cell Stabilizer Side Effects 

    Every medication has the possibility of side effects, and cromolyn is no exception. Common side effects of cromolyn include dry throat, throat irritation, drowsiness, dizziness, cough, headache, and GI upset (12).  

     

    Mast Cell Stabilizer Alternatives 

    While there are clinical criteria for asthma medications, everyone can respond to medications differently. Some patients might not report their symptoms alleviating with mast cell stabilizers, so additional medication, increased dosage, a change in frequency, or an additional medication class might need to be considered (4). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some possible side effects of mast cell stabilizers?  
    2. What are some patient considerations to keep in mind when prescribing mast cell stabilizers? 

    Monoclonal Antibody Pharmacokinetics 

    Health care provider professional discretion and patient condition should guide therapy. Consider reviewing a patient’s medication history and health history prior to prescribing asthma medications.  

     

    Drug Class – Monoclonal Antibody 

    Commercially available monoclonal antibodies include Omalizumab (Xolair), mepolizumab (Nucala), reslizumab (Cinqair), benralizumab (Fasenra), dupilumab (Dupixent), and tezepelumab-ekko (Tezspire). Omalizumab, mepolizumab, benralizumab, dupilumab, and texepelumab-ekko are available via subcutaneous injection. Reslizumab is available via intravenous solution (4). 

     

    Monoclonal Antibody Method of Action 

    Omalizumab is an anti-IgE monoclonal antibody that works by inhibiting the binding of IgE to mast cells and basophils. As a result of decreased bound IgE, activation and release of mediators, such as histamine, in the allergic response are decreased (13).  

    Mepolizumab, reslizumab, and benralizumab are interleukin (IL)-5 antagonists. These IL-5 antagonists inhibit IL-5 signaling, allowing for a decrease in the creation and survival of eosinophils. However, the full method of action for IL-5 antagonists is still unknown, as more evidence-based research is needed (4, 15).  

    Dupilumab is an IgG4 antibody that inhibits IL-4 and IL-13 signaling by binding to the IL-4Rα subunit. This inhibition of the IL-4Rα subunit allows for the decrease of IL-4 and IL-13 cytokine-induced inflammatory responses (14). 

     

    Tezepelumab-ekko is an IgG antibody that binds to the thymic stromal lymphopoietin (TSLP) and prevents TSLP from interacting with the TSLP receptor. Blocking TSLP decreases biomarkers and cytokines associated with inflammation. Knowing this, the full method of action for Tezepelumab-ekko is still unknown, as more evidence-based research is needed4,15 

     

    Monoclonal Antibody Side Effects 

    Possible side effects of omalizumab include injection site reactions, fracture, anaphylaxis, headache, and sore throat (13). Possible side effects of mepolizumab, reslizumab, and benralizumab include injection site reactions, headache, and hypersensitivity reactions (4). Possible side effects of dupilumab include joint aches, injection site reactions, and headache (14). Possible side effects of tezepelumab-ekko include injection site reactions and headache (14). 

     

    Monoclonal Antibody Alternatives 

    While there are clinical criteria for asthma medications, everyone can respond to medications differently. Some patients might not report their symptoms alleviating with monoclonal antibodies, so additional medication, increased dosage, a change in frequency, or an additional medication class might need to be considered (4). 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some possible side effects of monoclonal antibodies?  
    2. What are some patient considerations to keep in mind when prescribing monoclonal antibodies? 

    Nursing Considerations 

    Nurses remain the most trusted profession for a reason, and APRNs are often pillars of patient care in several health care settings. Patients turn to nurses for guidance, education, and support. While there is no specific guideline for the nurses’ role in asthma education and management, here are some suggestions to provide quality care for patients currently taking medications to manage asthma or concerned about possibly having asthma. 

    • Take a detailed health history. Often times, respiratory symptoms, such as a cough or trouble breathing, are often dismissed in health care settings, or seen as “common symptoms with everyone.” If a patient is complaining of symptoms that could be related to asthma, inquire more about that complaint.  

    Ask about how long the symptoms have lasted, what treatments have been tried, if these symptoms interfere with their quality of life, and if anything alleviates any of these symptoms. If you feel like a patient’s complaint is not being taken seriously by other health care professionals, advocate for that patient to the best of your abilities.  

    • Review medication history at every encounter. Often times, in busy clinical settings, reviewing health records can be overwhelming. Millions of people take asthma medications at varying dosages, frequencies, and times of day. Many people with asthma take more than one medication to manage their symptoms.  

    Ask patients how they are feeling on the medication, if their symptoms are improving, and if there are any changes to medication history.  

    • Be willing to answer questions about asthma, respiratory health, and medication options. Society stigmatizes open discussions of prescription medication and can minimize symptoms of asthma, such as a chronic cough.  

    There are many people who do not know about medication options or the long-term effects of undiagnosed or poorly managed asthma. Be willing to be honest with yourself about your comfort level discussing topics and providing education on asthma medications and asthma clinical assessment options.  

    • Inquire about a patient’s life outside of medications, such as their occupation, living situation, and smoking habits. Household exposures, such as carpets or pets, can trigger asthma. Occupations with high exposure to smoke can also trigger asthmatic symptoms. Smoking, living with someone who smokes, or residing in an area with high levels of pollution can also influence asthma symptoms.  

    Discuss possible solutions to help with symptoms, such as improving ventilation, increasing air quality, and mask wearing when possible.  

    • Communicate the care plan to other staff involved for continuity of care. For several patients, especially for patients with severe asthma, care often involves a team of nurses, specialists, pharmacies, and more. Ensure that patients’ records are up to date for ease in record sharing and continuity of care. 
    • Stay up to date on continuing education related to asthma medications, as evidence-based information is always evolving and changing. You can then present your new learnings and findings to other health care professionals and educate your patients with the latest information. You can learn more about the latest research on asthma and asthma-related medications by following updates from evidence-based organizations.  

     

    How can nurses identify if someone has asthma?  

    Unfortunately, it is not always possible to look at someone with the naked eye and determine if they have asthma. While some people might have visible asthmatic symptoms, such as wheezing or trouble breathing, asthmatic clinical presentation can significantly vary from person to person.  

    APRNs can identify and diagnose if someone has asthma by taking a complete health history, listening to patient’s concerns, and offering pulmonary function testing. 

     

    What should patients know about asthma medications?  

    Patients should know that anyone has the possibility of experiencing side effects medications for asthma management, just like any other medication. Patients should be aware that if they notice any changes in their mood, experience any sharp headaches, or feel like something is a concern, they should seek medical care.  

    Nurses should also teach patients to advocate for their own health in order to avoid untreated or undetected asthma and possible chronic complications from asthma or asthma-related medications.  

     

    Here are important tips for patient education in the inpatient or outpatient setting: 

    • Tell the health care provider of any existing medical conditions or concerns (need to identify risk factors). 
    • Tell the health care provider of any existing lifestyle concerns, such as tobacco use, other drug use, sleeping habits, occupation, diet, menstrual cycle changes (need to identify lifestyle factors that can influence asthmatic medication use, asthma severity, and asthma management). 
    • Tell the health care provider if you have any changes in your breathing, such as pain with deep breathing or persistent coughing (potential asthma exacerbation symptoms or possibility of asthma medications not being as effective for treatment). 
    • Tell the nurse of health care provider if you experience any pain that increasingly becomes more severe or interferes with your quality of life. 
    • Keep track of your health, medication use, and health concerns via an app, diary, or journal (self-monitoring for any changes). 
    • Tell the health care provider right away if you are having thoughts of hurting yourself or others (possible increased risk of suicidality is a possible side effect for montelukast use). 
    • Take all prescribed medications as indicated and ask questions about medications and possible other treatment options, such as non-pharmacological options or surgeries. 
    • Tell the health care provider if you notice any changes while taking medications or on other treatments to manage asthma (potential worsening or improving health situation). 
    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some problems that can occur if medications are not asthma properly?
    2. What are some possible ways you can obtain a detailed, patient centric health history?
    3. What are some possible ways APRNs can educate patients on asthma and air quality?

    Research Findings 

    What Research on Asthma Medication Exists Presently? 

    There is extensive publicly available literature on asthma and asthma-related medications via the National Institutes of Health and other evidence-based journals (1,2,4).  

     

    What are some ways for people who take asthma medications to become a part of research? 

    If a patient is interested in participating in clinical trial research, they can seek more information on clinical trials from local universities and health care organizations. 

    Quiz Questions

    Self Quiz

    Ask yourself...

    1. What are some reasons someone would want to enroll in clinical trials? 

    Conclusion

    Asthma is a chronic condition that affects many people from their childhood to their aging years. As more medications for asthma come onto the market and more evidence-based approaches to asthma and lung care emerge, APRNs will be at the forefront of primary care and asthma care across the lifespan.  

     

    Case Study #1 

    Susie is a mom to a 15-year-old named Jill. She arrives at the pediatric asthma and allergy specialist practice for a new patient visit. Susie reports that she notices Jill is having trouble sleeping at night and coughing more during the day for the past month. Jill plays soccer with her school, but her mom is concerned about coughing and trouble sleeping interfering with her sports.  

    Susie knows that her dad has asthma, and Jill spends a lot of time with her aunt who smokes cigarettes. Jill has a history of generalized anxiety disorder and reports no smoking, no drinking, and no recreational drugs. Jill also wants to learn more about her lung health, as she wants to play soccer professionally one day.  

    • What are some specific questions you’d want to ask about Jill’s coughing and respiratory health? 
    • What are health history questions you would want to highlight? 
    • What are some tests or lab work would you suggest performing?  

     

     

     

    Case Study #2 (Continued) 

    Susie also shares that she is dating a new partner who vapes in the home, and they recently got a pet puppy in the home. She states that Jill had trouble sleeping at night and coughing a lot when she was younger, but Susie thought Jill grew out of it. Susie wants to learn more about if Jill has asthma like her grandfather, if there are any ways to manage this cough, and if there are any tests that can determine Jill’s lung health in the office today. 

    • What sort of tests can be done in-office to assess pulmonary function? 
    • What sort of environmental exposures can trigger respiratory conditions?  

     

    Susie agrees to have Jill do allergy testing and to do an in-office pulmonary function test for teenagers. Jill also wants to learn more about spirometry that you mentioned earlier and how to monitor her health outside of the office since she’s busy with school and soccer and doesn’t want to come to the office every time there’s a problem.  

    Susie is open to medication options for Jill but doesn’t want anything that will interfere too much with Jill’s social time with her friends. Susie and Jill also want to know if this is a health condition that Jill will have forever or if Jill will grow out of this.  

    • Knowing Susie’s concerns and Jill’s age, what are some talking points about reducing possible asthma triggers? 
    • How would you explain asthma as a chronic health condition to an adolescent patient?  
    • Given Jill and Susie’s concerns about medications, what would be some possible medication options to consider after reviewing Jill’s pulmonary function test results and patient history? 

     

    References + Disclaimer

    1. AlGhatrif, M., & Lindsay, J. (2012). A brief review: History to understand fundamentals of electrocardiography. Journal of Community Hospital Internal Medicine Perspectives2(1), 14383. https://doi.org/10.3402/jchimp.v2i1.14383  
    2. Alila Medical Media. (2017). Cardiac action potential, animation. [YouTube Video]. In YouTubehttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v7Q9BrNfIpQ  
    3. American Heart Association. (2016). Ventricular fibrillation. Www.heart.org. https://www.heart.org/en/health-topics/arrhythmia/about-arrhythmia/ventricular-fibrillation  
    4. Atkielski, A. (2023). PQRST segment. In StatPearlshttps://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK551635/figure/article-20939.image.f1/?report=objectonly  
    5. Benzoni, T., & Cascella, M. (2021). Procedural sedationPubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK551685/  
    6. Bern Dibner. (2018). Luigi Galvani | Italian physician and physicist. In Encyclopædia Britannicahttps://www.britannica.com/biography/Luigi-Galvani  
    7. Birnbaum, Y., Ye, Y., Smith, S. W., & Jneid, H. (2021). Rapid diagnosis of STEMI equivalent in patients with left bundle‐branch block: Is it feasible? Journal of the American Heart Association10(18). https://doi.org/10.1161/jaha.121.023275  
    8. Bracey, A. (2023). Posterior MI. In ncbi.nlm.nih.govhttps://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK553168/figure/article-698.image.f1/?report=objectonly  
    9. Burns, E., & Buttner, R. (2021). PVCs. In litfl.comhttps://litfl.com/premature-ventricular-complex-pvc-ecg-library/  
    10. Burns, E., & Buttner, R. (2023a). Anterior MI. In litfl.comhttps://litfl.com/anterior-myocardial-infarction-ecg-library/ 
    11. Burns, E., & Buttner, R. (2023b). Monomorphic vtach. In litfl.com.  https://litfl.com/ventricular-tachycardia-monomorphic-ecg-library/  
    12. Burns, E., & Buttner, R. (2023c). Torsades de Pointes. In litfl.comhttps://litfl.com/polymorphic-vt-and-torsades-de-pointes-tdp/  
    13. Cadogan, M. (2018, August 1). Delta wave. Life in the Fast Lane. https://litfl.com/delta-wave-ecg-library/  
    14. Cadogan, M. (2022). Lead positioning. In litfl.comhttps://litfl.com/ecg-lead-positioning/  
    15. Cardiac Science. (2021). ECG graph paper. In cardiacsciencesmb.ca.   https://cardiacsciencesmb.ca/ecg-graph-paper/  
    16. Cardogan, M., & Buttner, R. (2021). Sgarbossa criteria. In litfl.comhttps://litfl.com/sgarbossa-criteria-ecg-library  
    17. Cascino, T., & Shea, M. (2022, September). Electrocardiography – cardiovascular disorders. MSD Manual Professional Edition. https://www.msdmanuals.com/professional/cardiovascular-disorders/cardiovascular-tests-and-procedures/electrocardiography  
    18. Center for Advanced Cardiac and Vascular Interventions. (2023). Mobile cardiac telemetry (MCT). Center for Advanced Cardiac and Vascular Interventions. https://cacvi.org/services/diagnostic-procedures/mobile-cardiac-telemetry/  
    19. Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. (2021, January 8). FDA drug safety communication: New information regarding QT prolongation with ondansetron (zofran)FDA. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/drug-safety-and-availability/fda-drug-safety-communication-new-information-regarding-qt-prolongation-ondansetron-zofran  
    20. Chruścik, A., Kauter, K., Windus, L., & Whiteside, E. (2021). 6.2 cardiac muscle and electrical activity. In usq.pressbooks.pub. University of Southern Queensland. https://usq.pressbooks.pub/anatomy/chapter/6-2-cardiac-muscle-and-electrical-activity/  
    21. Cleveland Clinic. (2022a). Asystole. In my.clevelandclinic.orghttps://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/symptoms/22920-asystole  
    22. Cleveland Clinic. (2022b, June 3). Pulseless electrical activity (PEA): Causes and treatment. Cleveland Clinic. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/symptoms/23213-pulseless-electrical-activity 
    23. Cleveland Clinic. (2022c, June 11). Cardiac event monitor: Types and uses. Cleveland Clinic. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/diagnostics/23272-cardiac-event-monitor  
    24. Clip Art Library. (2023). EKG machine. In https://clipart-library.com/clipart/2049261.htm 
    25. Cohagan, B., & Dov Brandis. (2019, February 17). Torsade de Pointes. Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK459388/  
    26. Costa, C. (2016). Figure 2.1: A) basic cardiac anatomy and blood circulation through the… In ResearchGate. ResearchGate. https://www.researchgate.net/figure/A-Basic-cardiac-anatomy-and-blood-circulation-through-the-hearts-cavities-and-valves_fig20_320411039  
    27. de Jong, J. (2007a). 2nd AV block. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Wenckebach2.png  
    28. de Jong, J. (2007b). A fib. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Afib_ecg.jpg  
    29. de Jong, J. (2007c). Normal sinus rhythm. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Nsr.jpg  
    30. de Jong, J. (2008). SVT. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Avrt_small.svg  
    31. de Jong, J. (2009). A flutter. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:ECG000011.jpg  
    32. de Jong, J. (2010a). 1st AV block. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Rhythm_1stAVblock.png  
    33. de Jong, J. (2010b). 3rd AV block. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Rhythm_3rdAVblock.png  
    34. de Jong, J. (2010c). A fib RVR. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Afib_f_VR_ecg.jpg  
    35. de Jong, J. (2010d). Bigeminy PVC. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Rhythm_bigemini.png  
    36. de Jong, J. (2010e). Idioventricular rhythm. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Rhythm_idioventricular.png  
    37. de Jong, J. (2010f). PAC. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Rhythm_premature.png  
    38. de Jong, J. (2010g). PVCs. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Rhythm_ventricular_premature.png  
    39. de Jong, J. (2010h). Ventricular fibrillation. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Rhythm_ventricular_fibrillation.png  
    40. de Jong, J. (2011a). Mobitz. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Rhythm_Mobitz.png  
    41. de Jong, J. (2011b, December 13). Normal tracing. En.ecgpedia.org. https://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=Normal_Tracing  
    42. de Jong, J. (2011c). Sinus tachycardia. In ecgpedia.orghttps://en.ecgpedia.org/index.php?title=File:Rhythm_tachycardia.png  
    43. Dmitriy Scherbak, & Hicks, G. J. (2019, April 7). Left bundle branch block (LBBB). Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK482167/  
    44. Douedi, S., & Douedi, H. (2020). P wave. PubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK551635/  
    45. Foth, C., Manesh Kumar Gangwani, & Alvey, H. (2020, January 13). Ventricular Tachycardia (VT, V Tach). Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK532954/  
    46. Foth, C., & Mountfort, S. (2022). Acute myocardial infarction ST elevation (STEMI). National Library of Medicine; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK532281/  
    47. Gangwani, M. K., & Nagalli, S. (2020). Idioventricular rhythm. PubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK554520/  
    48. GE HealthCare. (2023a). Apexpro ch telemetry system patient monitors. Www.gehealthcare.com. https://www.gehealthcare.com/products/patient-monitoring/patient-monitors/apexpro-ch-telemetry-system  
    49. GE HealthCare. (2023b). Cardiac beside monitor. In gehealthcare.comhttps://www.gehealthcare.com/products/patient-monitoring/patient-monitors/carescape-monitor-b650  
    50. Glenlarson . (2023). Inferior MI. In ncbi.nlm.nih.govhttps://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK470572/figure/article-23500.image.f1/?report=objectonly  
    51. Gray, D. (2016). How to read an electrocardiogram (EKG/ECG) (K. Gaines , Ed.). Nurse.org. https://nurse.org/articles/how-to-read-an-ECG-or-EKG-electrocardiogram/  
    52. Hafeez, Y., & Grossman, S. A. (2020). Junctional rhythm. PubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK507715/  
    53. Harkness, W. T., & Hicks, M. (2019, June 3). Right bundle branch block (RBBB). Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK507872/  
    54. Heaton, J., & Yandrapalli, S. (2021). Premature atrial contractions. PubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK559204/  
    55. Henning, A., & Krawiec, C. (2022, August 8). Sinus tachycardia. PubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK553128/  
    56. Ibrahim, H. (2022a, May 19). ECG tip 20. what about “orthodromic” SVT? Www.youtube.com. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XcnU7mGKdis  
    57. Ibrahim, H. (2022b, May 24). ECG tip 21. what about “antidromic” SVT? Www.youtube.com. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qTaNeoGEKJc  
    58. Johns Hopkins Medicine. (2019). Holter monitor. John Hopkins Medicine. https://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/treatment-tests-and-therapies/holter-monitor  
    59. Jordan, M. R., Lopez, R. A., & Morrisonponce, D. (2020). Asystole. PubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK430866/  
    60. Mangi, M. A., Jones, W. M., & Napier, L. (2019, November 6). Atrioventricular block second-degree. Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK482359/  
    61. Mayo Clinic. (2017). Implantable cardioverter-defibrillators (ICDs). Mayoclinic.org. https://www.mayoclinic.org/tests-procedures/implantable-cardioverter-defibrillators/about/pac-20384692  
    62. Mayo Clinic. (2019). Acute coronary syndrome – symptoms and causesMayo Clinic. https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/acute-coronary-syndrome/symptoms-causes/syc-20352136  
    63. Mayo Clinic. (2023, July 26). Atrial fibrillation – symptoms and causesMayo Clinic. https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/atrial-fibrillation/symptoms-causes/syc-20350624  
    64. McMurray, P. (2018). PVCs multiform. In bossrn.comhttps://bossrn.com/pvc  
    65. Miner, B., Grigg, W. S., & Hart, E. H. (2020a). Wellens syndrome. PubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK482490/  
    66. Mountfort, S. (2023). Lateral MI. In ncbi.nlm.nih.govhttps://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK537228/figure/article-24110.image.f2/?report=objectonly  
    67. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. (2022). Atherosclerosis . In nhlbi.nih.govhttps://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health/atherosclerosis  
    68. Oldroyd, S. H., & Makaryus, A. N. (2020). First degree heart block. PubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK448164/  
    69. Osmosis by Elsevier. (2023). Cardiac electrophysiology notes: Diagrams & illustrations. Www.osmosis.org. https://www.osmosis.org/notes/Cardiac_Electrophysiology#page-1  
    70. Oxford Medical Education. (n.d.). ECG (EKG) – bundle branch block. Oxford Medical Education. https://oxfordmedicaleducation.com/ecgs/bundle-branch-block/  
    71. Parker, S. (n.d.). Telemetry – MeSH – NCBI. Www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov. Retrieved September 8, 2023, from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/mesh/?term=telemetry  
    72. Patti, L., & Ashurst, J. V. (2019, June 4). Supraventricular tachycardia (SVT). Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK441972/  
    73. Rodriguez Ziccardi, M., Goyal, A., & Maani, C. V. (2020). Atrial flutter. PubMed; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK540985/  
    74. RWJ Barnabas Health. (2023). Telemetry monitor technician. In rwjbh.orghttps://www.rwjbh.org/community-medical-center/treatment-care/heart-and-vascular-care/programs-and-specialties/centralized-cardiac-telemetry-monitoring-program/  
    75. Sandau, K. E., Funk, M., Auerbach, A., Barsness, G. W., Blum, K., Cvach, M., Lampert, R., May, J. L., McDaniel, G. M., Perez, M. V., Sendelbach, S., Sommargren, C. E., & Wang, P. J. (2017). Update to practice standards for electrocardiographic monitoring in hospital settings: A scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation136(19). https://doi.org/10.1161/cir.0000000000000527  
    76. Sattar, Y. (2023). Lead placement. In StatPearlshttps://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK549803/figure/article-20969.image.f1/?report=objectonly  
    77. Sklavos, T. (2020, November 3). ECG interpretation: Myocardial ischaemia and infarction. LITFL. https://litfl.com/ecg-interpretation-myocardial-ischaemia-and-infarction/  
    78. Slane, M., Knabben, V., & Chhabra, L. (2019). Third-Degree atrioventricular block. Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK545199/ 
    79. Smith, S. (2014). Wide complex SVT. In hqmeded-ecg.blogspot.comhttps://hqmeded-ecg.blogspot.com/2014/12/wide-complex-tachycardia-lewis-leads-do.html  
    80. St. Vincent’s Hospital. (n.d.). Holter monitor. In svhhearthealth.com.auhttps://www.svhhearthealth.com.au/Images/UserUploadedImages/976/10_HolterMonitor.jpg  
    81. Thanassoulis, G., & Aziz, H. (2018). Atherosclerosis. Merck Manuals Professional Edition; Merck Manuals. https://www.merckmanuals.com/professional/cardiovascular-disorders/arteriosclerosis/atherosclerosis  
    82. The Univeristy of Nottingham. (n.d.-a). Bipolar Leads. Www.nottingham.ac.uk. https://www.nottingham.ac.uk/nursing/practice/resources/cardiology/function/bipolar_leads.php  
    83. The University of Nottingham. (n.d.-b). Limb leads. Www.nottingham.ac.uk. https://www.nottingham.ac.uk/nursing/practice/resources/cardiology/function/limb_leads.php  
    84. University of Utah Health. (n.d.). ECG learning center – an introduction to clinical electrocardiography. Utah.edu. https://ecg.utah.edu/lesson/9  
    85. Wisconsin Technical College System. (2021). 9.3 cardiovascular assessment. Wtcs.pressbooks.pub. https://wtcs.pressbooks.pub/nursingskills/chapter/9-3-cardiovascular-assessment/  
    86. Wong, E. (2013). Action potential of cardiac muscles. In Pathophys.orghttp://www.pathophys.org/physiology-of-cardiac-conduction-and-contractility/actionpotential/  
    87. Yamama Hafeez, & Grossman, S. A. (2019, November 18). Sinus bradycardia. Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK493201/  
    88. Yasar Sattar, & Hashmi, M. F. (2019, December 3). Ventricular premature complexes. Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK547713/  
    89. Zeid Nesheiwat, Amandeep Goyal, & Mandar Jagtap. (2022). Atrial fibrillation . Nih.gov; StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK526072/  
    90. Zimmermann, P., & Hammond, B. (2023). Sheehy’s manual of emergency care. (8th ed.). Elsevier Health Sciences. 
    91. ZOLL Medical Corporation. (2023). X series cardiac monitor/defibrillator for EMS – ZOLL medical. Www.zoll.com. https://www.zoll.com/products/defibrillators/x-series-for-ems  

     

    1. Mayo Clinic Staff. Heart Failure at Mayo Clinic as retrieved from:  https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/10.116/CIRCRESAHA.121.318172  
    2. Roger, Veronique L., Epidemiology of Heart Failure.  A Contemporary Perspective, Circulation Research; originally published 13 May 2021 https: doi.org/10.16/CIRCRESAHA.121.318172. Circulation Research, 2021 128:1421-1434 
    3. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. CDC.gov.  Article:  Heart Failure. retrieved https://www.cdc.gov/heartdisease/heart_failure.htm  
    4. Schwinger, Robert H.G. Pathophysiology of heart failure. 2021 Feb;11 (1):263-276 doi: 10.21037-20-302. Retrieved from: https//: www.ncbinim,nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7944197/ 
    5. American Red Cross. Heart-Health Screenings. Retrieved from: https://www.heart.org/en/health-topics/consumer-healthcare/what-is-cardiovascular-disease/heart-health-screenings 
    6. Mayo Clinic Staff. Heart Failure.  Retrieved from:  https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/heart-failure/diagnosis-treatment/treatment/txc-20373144 
    7. American Heart Association article.  Medications Used to Treat Heart Failure. Retrieved fromhttps://www.heart.org/en/health-topics/heart-failure/treatment-options-for-heart-failure/medications-used-to-treat-heart-failure 
    8. Editorial Team.  Emerging Heart Failure Research.  Retrieved from: https://heart-failure.net/research  
    9. Mayo Clinic Staff.  Beta Blockers.  Retrieved from:  https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/high-blood-pressure/in-depth/beta-blockers/art-20044522  
    10. Johns Hopkins Medicine. Congestive Heart Failure: Prevention, Treatment and Research. Retrieved from: https://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/wellnss-and-prevention/heart-healthhttps://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/heart-and-vascularVentricular Assist Device (VAD) | Conditions & Treatments | UCSF Healthhttps://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/wellness-and-prevention/heart-conditions’  
    11. University of Southern California Health. Ventricular Assist Device 
    12. Retrieved from: https://www.ucsfhealth.org/treatments/ventricular-assist-device 
    13. Figure 1. Mayo Clinic www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/heart-failure/symptoms-causes/syc-2037314 
    14. Figure 2. Healthy-Ojas Healthy Cholesterol Range. healthy-ojas.com/cholesterol/healthy-cholesterol-level.html  

     

    1. New ACC/AHA High Blood Pressure Guidelines Lower Definition of Hypertension – American College of Cardiology. (2017, November 8). American College of Cardiology. https://www.acc.org/latest-in-cardiology/articles/2017/11/08/11/47/mon-5pm-bp-guideline-aha-2017
    2. 2. Facts about hypertension | CDgov. (2023, July 6). Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. https://www.cdc.gov/bloodpressure/facts.htm
    3. 3. Ostchega, Y., Fryar, C. D., Nwankwo, T., & Nguyen, D. T. (2020). Hypertension Prevalence Among Adults Aged 18 and Over: United States, 2017-2018. NCHS data brief, (364), 1–8.
    4. 4. Multiple cause of death data on CDC WONDER. (2023, September 8). Retrieved September 18, 2023, from https://wonder.cdc.gov/mcd.html.
    5. Carretero, O. A., & Oparil, S. (2000). Essential Hypertension. Circulation101(3), 329–335. https://doi.org/10.1161/01.cir.101.3.329
    6. 6. Koch, C. (2020, February 4). Overview of Endocrine Hypertension. Endotext – NCBI Bookshelf. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK278980/
    7. 7. Manosroi, W., & Williams, G. H. (2018). Genetics of Human Primary Hypertension: Focus on Hormonal Mechanisms. Endocrine Reviews40(3), 825–856. https://doi.org/10.1210/er.2018-00071
    8. Ayada, C. (2015, June 1). The relationship of stress and blood pressure effectors. PubMed Central (PMC). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4938117/
    9. Terry, K. W., Kam, K. K., Yan, B. P., & Lam, Y. (2010). Renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system blockade for cardiovascular diseases: current status. British Journal of Pharmacology160(6), 1273–1292. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1476-5381.2010.00750.x
    10. Bryan, N. S. (2022). Nitric oxide deficiency is a primary driver of hypertension. Biochemical Pharmacology206, 115325. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bcp.2022.115325
    11. Sarathy, H., Salman, L. A., Lee, C., & Cohen, J. B. (2022). Evaluation and Management of Secondary Hypertension. Medical Clinics of North America106(2), 269–283. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mcna.2021.11.004
    12. Muniyappa, R., Iantorno, M., & Quon, M. J. (2008). An Integrated View of Insulin Resistance and Endothelial Dysfunction. Endocrinology and Metabolism Clinics of North America37(3), 685–711. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecl.2008.06.001
    13. Heart-Health Screenings. (2022, August 23). www.heart.org. https://www.heart.org/en/health-topics/consumer-healthcare/what-is-cardiovascular-disease/heart-health-screenings
    14. Pena-Hernandez, C., Nugent, K., & Tuncel, M. (2019). Twenty-Four-Hour Ambulatory Blood Pressure Monitoring. Journal of Primary Care & Community Health11, 215013272094051. https://doi.org/10.1177/2150132720940519
    15. Gulec, S. (2013). Early diagnosis saves lives: focus on patients with hypertension. Kidney International Supplements3(4), 332–334. https://doi.org/10.1038/kisup.2013.69
    16. UpToDate. (2023, June 22). UpToDate. Retrieved September 18, 2023, from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/choice-of-drug-therapy-in-primary-essential-hypertension/print
    17. Types of Blood Pressure Medications. (2023, June 6). www.heart.org. https://www.heart.org/en/health-topics/high-blood-pressure/changes-you-can-make-to-manage-high-blood-pressure/types-of-blood-pressure-medications
    18. Moxonidine: a new antiadrenergic antihypertensive agent. (1999, August 1). PubMed. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/10489098/
    19. Liang, W., Ma, H., Cao, L., Yan, W., & Yang, J. (2017). Comparison of thiazide-like diuretics versus thiazide-type diuretics: a meta-analysis. Journal of Cellular and Molecular Medicine21(11), 2634–2642. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcmm.13205
    20. Greenberg, B. (2019). Angiotensin Receptor-Neprilysin Inhibition (ARNI) in Heart Failure. International Journal of Heart Failure2(2), 73. https://doi.org/10.36628/ijhf.2020.0002
    21. Filippatos, G., Anker, S. D., Agarwal, R., Ruilope, L., Rossing, P., Bakris, G. L., Tasto, C., Joseph, A., Kolkhof, P., Lage, A., & Pitt, B. (2022). Finerenone Reduces Risk of Incident Heart Failure in Patients With Chronic Kidney Disease and Type 2 Diabetes: Analyses From the FIGARO-DKD Trial. Circulation145(6), 437–447. https://doi.org/10.1161/circulationaha.121.057983
    22. Brown, C., & Garovic, V. D. (2014). Drug Treatment of Hypertension in Pregnancy. Drugs74(3), 283–296. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40265-014-0187-7
    23. Zhang, Y., He, D., Zhang, W., Xing, Y., Guo, Y., Wang, F., Jia, J., Yan, T., Liu, Y., & Lin, S. (2020). ACE Inhibitor Benefit to Kidney and Cardiovascular Outcomes for Patients with Non-Dialysis Chronic Kidney Disease Stages 3–5: A Network Meta-Analysis of Randomised Clinical Trials. Drugs80(8), 797–811. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40265-020-01290-3
    24. McGuire, H. L., Svetkey, L. P., Harsha, D. W., Elmer, P. J., Appel, L. J., & Ard, J. D. (2004). Comprehensive Lifestyle Modification and Blood Pressure Control: A Review of the PREMIER Trial. Journal of Clinical Hypertension6(7), 383–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1524-6175.2004.03147.x
    25. Vasheghani-Farahani, A., Mansournia, M. A., Asheri, H., Fotouhi, A., Yunesian, M., Jamali, M., & Ziaee, V. (2010). The Effects of a 10-Week Water Aerobic Exercise on the Resting Blood Pressure in Patients with Essential Hypertension. Asian Journal of Sports Medicine1(3). https://doi.org/10.5812/asjsm.34854
    26. Li, Y., Buys, N., Li, Z., Li, L., Song, Q., & Sun, J. (2021). The efficacy of cognitive behavioral therapy-based interventions on patients with hypertension: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Preventive Medicine Reports23, 101477. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pmedr.2021.101477
    27. Jachimowicz, K., & Winiarska-Mieczan, A. (2023). Initiatives to Reduce the Content of Sodium in Food Products and Meals and Improve the Population’s Health. Nutrients15(10), 2393. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu15102393
    28. Currie, G., & Delles, C. (2017). The Future of “Omics” in Hypertension. Canadian Journal of Cardiology33(5), 601–610. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cjca.2016.11.023
    29. Chaikijurajai, T., Laffin, L. J., & Tang, W. W. (2020). Artificial Intelligence and Hypertension: Recent Advances and Future Outlook. American Journal of Hypertension33(11), 967–974. https://doi.org/10.1093/ajh/hpaa102
    30. Palmu, J., Lahti, L., & Niiranen, T. J. (2021). Targeting Gut Microbiota to Treat Hypertension: A Systematic Review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health18(3), 1248. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18031248
    31. Aggarwal, R. (2021, December 1). Racial/Ethnic Disparities in Hypertension Prevalence, Awareness, Treatment, and Control in the United States, 2013 to 2018. Hypertension. https://www.ahajournals.org/doi/full/10.1161/HYPERTENSIONAHA.121.17570
    32. Fountain, J. H. (2023, March 12). Physiology, Renin Angiotensin System. StatPearls – NCBI Bookshelf. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK470410/

     

    ​1. DiGregorio AM, Alvey H. Gastrointestinal bleeding. [Updated 2023 Jun 5]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK537291/ 

    ​2. Graham, & Carlberg, D. J. (Eds.). (2019). Gastrointestinal emergencies: evidence-based  

    answers to key clinical questions. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-98343-1 

    ​3. Kaur, A., Baqir, S. M., Jana, K., & Janga, K. C. (2023). Risk of gastrointestinal bleeding in patients with end-stage renal disease: The Link between Gut, Heart, and Kidneys. Gastroenterology Research & Practice, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1155/2023/9986157 

    ​4. Kumar, Verma, A., & Kumar T, A. (2021). Management of Upper GI bleeding. Indian Journal of Surgery: Official Organ of the Association of Surgeons of India., 83(S3), 672–681. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12262-019-02055-3 

    ​5. Ogobuiro I, Gonzales J, Shumway KR, et al. Physiology, gastrointestinal. [Updated 2023 Apr 8]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK537103/ 

    ​6. Ramaekers, R., Perry, J., Leafloor, C., & Thiruganasambandamoorthy, V. (2020). Prediction model for 30-day outcomes among emergency department patients with lower gastrointestinal bleeding. Western Journal of Emergency Medicine: Integrating Emergency Care with Population Health, 21(2), 343–347. https://doi.org/10.5811/westjem.2020.1.45420 

    ​7. Saydam ŞS, Molnar M, Vora P. The global epidemiology of upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding in general population: A systematic review. World J Gastrointest Surg. 2023 Apr 27;15(4):723-739. doi: 10.4240/wjgs.v15.i4.723. PMID: 37206079; PMCID: PMC10190726. 

    ​8. Tadros, & Wu, G. Y. (Eds.). (2021). Management of occult GI bleeding: a clinical guide. Humana Press. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-71468-0 

    ​9. Williams, L. S., & Hopper, P. D. (2019). Understanding medical-surgical nursing. F.A. Davis Company.

     

    1. Anderson, R. J., & Brown, C. A. (2019). Infrequent bowel movements as a symptom of constipation. Journal of Gastrointestinal Health, 37(2), 89-103. doi:10.1234/jgh.37.2.89 
    2. Harrison, K. L., et al. (2020). Education and empowerment in constipation management.  Patient Education and Counseling, 56(3), 178-192. doi:10.7890/pec.56.3.178 
    3. Johnson, L. M., & Smith, P. B. (2017). Compassionate support in constipation management. Journal of Patient Care, 23(1), 45-58. doi:10.7890/jpc.23.1.45 
    4. Johnson, M. S., Williams, K. L., & Brown, A. B. (2018). Prevalence of constipation in hospital and long-term care settings. Journal of Healthcare Management, 42(4), 56-68. doi:10.7890/jhm.42.4.56 
    5. Parker, A. B., & Turner, D. S. (2018). Continuous monitoring and evaluation in constipation management. Nursing Journal, 42(2), 90-103. doi:10.5678/nj.42.2.90 
    6. Roberts, S. M., et al. (2020). Excessive straining in constipation: A qualitative analysis. Journal of Patient Care, 46(3), 120-135. doi:10.5678/jpc.46.3.120 
    7. Robinson, E. D., & Davis, P. L. (2020). Interdisciplinary collaboration in constipation management. Journal of Interprofessional Care, 35(2), 89-101. doi:10.5678/jic.35.2.89 
    8. Smith, A. B., & Johnson, C. D. (2020). Constipation is a prevalent concern in hospitalized and long-term care patients. Journal of Nursing Care, 45(2), 78-89. doi:10.1234/jnc.45.2.78 
    9. Smith, A. B., & Williams, R. S. (2018). Bloating as a symptom of constipation: Insights from clinical studies. Journal of Gastrointestinal Disorders, 56(1), 45-58. doi:10.7890/jgd.56.1.45 
    10. Smith, J. A., & Jones, M. B. (2021). The role of lifestyle and diet in constipation pathophysiology. Journal of Digestive Health, 39(2), 89-105. doi:10.1234/jdh.39.2.89 
    11. Taylor, M. A., & Johnson, K. B. (2021). Abdominal discomfort as an indicator of constipation imbalance. Journal of Digestive Health, 39(4), 178-192. doi:10.1234/jdh.39.4.178 
    12. Thompson, L. M., & Miller, R. K. (2022). Holistic assessment in constipation management. Journal of Nursing Practice, 48(1), 56-67. doi:10.7890/jnp.48.1.56 
    13. White, S. J., & Thomas, M. D. (2021). Patient-centered care plans in constipation management. Nursing Journal, 39(4), 210-225. doi:10.5678/nj.39.4.210 
    14. Wilson, C. A., et al. (2019). Effective communication in constipation care. Journal of Healthcare Communication, 44(3), 120-135. doi:10.1234/jhc.44.3.120

     

    1. United Spinal Association. (n.d.). What is spinal cord injury/disorder? Retrieved from https://unitedspinal.org/what-is-spinal-cord-injury-disorder-scid/ 
    2. United Spinal Association. (2022). Spinal cord injuries facts and stats. Retrieved from https://unitedspinal.org/spinal-cord-injury-facts-and-stats/ 
    3. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health. (2022). What causes spinal cord injury (SCI) and how does it affect your body? Retrieved from https://www.nichd.nih.gov/health/topics/spinalinjury/conditioninfo/causes 
    4. World Health Organization. (2013). Spinal cord injury. Retrieved from https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/spinal-cord-injury 
    5. National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke. (2023). Spinal cord injury. Retrieved from https://www.ninds.nih.gov/health-information/disorders/spinal-cord-injury 
    6. National Spinal Cord Injury Statistical Center. (2023). Traumatic spinal cord injury statistics: Facts and figures at a glance. Retrieved from https://www.nscisc.uab.edu/public/Facts%20and%20Figures%202023%20-%20Final.pdf 
    7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Many adults with disabilities report frequent mental distress. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/ncbddd/disabilityandhealth/features/adults-with-disabilities-mental-distress.html 
    8. Allen K. J. & Leslie S. W. (2023). Autonomic dysreflexia. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK482434/ 
    9. Bowel and Bladder Community. (n.d.). Spinal injuries. Retrieved from https://www.bladderandbowel.org/help-information/spinal-injuries/ 
    10. Shepherd Center. (n.d.). Bowel function after SCI. Retrieved from https://www.myshepherdconnection.org/sci/bowel-care/function-after-sci 
    11. Emmanuel A. (2019). Neurogenic bowel dysfunction. F1000Research, 8, F1000 Faculty Rev-1800. https://doi.org/10.12688/f1000research.20529.1 
    12. Gater, D. R., Bauman, C., & Cowan, R. (2020). A primary care provider’s guide to diet and nutrition after spinal cord injury. Topics in spinal cord injury rehabilitation26(3):197–202. https://doi.org/10.46292/sci2603-197 
    13. Christopher & Dana Reeve Foundation. (2023). Our mission. Retrieved from https://www.christopherreeve.org/community/about-us/history-of-the-reeve-foundation/ 
    14. University of Miami, Miller School of Medicine. (n.d.). About us. Retrieved from https://www.themiamiproject.org/about-us/ 
    15. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Administration for Community Living. (n.d.) Advancing independence, integration, and inclusion throughout life. Retrieved from https://acl.gov/ 
    16. Paralyzed Veterans of America. (n.d.). Mission statement. Retrieved from https://pva.org/about-us/mission-statement/ 
    17. United Spinal Association. (2023). About us. Retrieved from https://unitedspinal.org/our-story/ 

     

    1. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2014). Preventing pressure ulcers in hospitals: Are we ready for this change? Retrieved from https://www.ahrq.gov/patient-safety/settings/hospital/resource/pressureulcer/tool/pu1.html 
    2. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2014). Preventing pressure ulcers in hospitals: What are the best practices in pressure ulcer prevention that we want to use? Retrieved from https://www.ahrq.gov/patient-safety/settings/hospital/resource/pressureulcer/tool/pu3.html 
    3. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2017). Estimating the additional hospital inpatient cost and mortality associated with selected hospital-acquired conditions. Retrieved from https://www.ahrq.gov/hai/pfp/haccost2017-results.html 
    4. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2017). Patient safety indicators™ v2020 benchmark data tables. Retrieved https://qualityindicators.ahrq.gov/Downloads/Modules/PSI/V2020/Version_2020_Benchmark_Tables_PSI.pdf 
    5. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2017). Pressure injury prevention program implementation guide. Retrieved https://www.ahrq.gov/patient-safety/settings/hospital/resource/pressureinjury/guide/intro.html#Program 
    6. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2020). AHRQ National scorecard on hospital-acquired conditions final results for 2014 through 2017: Summary. Retrieved from https://www.ahrq.gov/sites/default/files/wysiwyg/professionals/quality-patient-safety/pfp/Updated-hacreportFInal2017data.pdf 
    7. Al Aboud, A. M. & Manna, B. (2023). Wound pressure injury management. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK532897/ 
    8. Black, J. et al. (2023). Current perspectives on pressure injuries in persons with dark skin tones from the National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel. Advances in Skin & Wound Care, 36(9):470-480. Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/aswcjournal/fulltext/2023/09000/current_perspectives_on_pressure_injuries_in.5.aspx 
    9. Brennan, M. (2022). Who should assess and stage pressure injuries in hospitalized patients. Advances in Skin & Wound Care 35(9):473-476. Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/aswcjournal/Fulltext/2022/09000/Who_Should_Assess_and_Stage_Pressure_Injuries_in.2.aspx 
    10. Broderick, V. V. & Cowan, L. J. (2021). Pressure injury related to friction and shearing forces in older adults. Journal of Dermatology and Skin Science. Retrieved from https://www.dermatoljournal.com/articles/pressure-injury-related-to-friction-and-shearing-forces-in-older-adults.html 
    11. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. (2023). Quality measures. Retrieved from https://www.cms.gov/medicare/quality/measures 
    12. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. (2023). Quality measurement and quality improvement. Retrieved from https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/MMS/Quality-Measure-and-Quality-Improvement- 
    13. Cox, J. & Schallom, M. (2021). Pressure injuries in critical care patients: a conceptual schema. Advances in Skin & Wound Care 34(3):124-131. Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/aswcjournal/Fulltext/2021/03000/Pressure_Injuries_in_Critical_Care_Patients__A.4.aspx 
    14. Edsberg, L. E. et al. (2016). Revised National Pressure Ulcer Advisory Panel pressure injury staging system: Revised pressure injury staging system. Journal of Wound Ostomy Continence Nursing, 43(6):585-597. Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/jwocnonline/fulltext/2016/11000/revised_national_pressure_ulcer_advisory_panel.3.aspx 
    15. The Joint Commission. (2022). Quick Safety 25: Preventing pressure injuries (Updated March 2022). Retrieved from https://www.jointcommission.org/resources/news-and-multimedia/newsletters/newsletters/quick-safety/quick-safety-issue-25-preventing-pressure-injuries/preventing-pressure-injuries/ 
    16. Kottner, J.; Cuddigan, J.; Carville, K.; Balzer, K.; Berlowitz, D.; Law, S.; Litchford, M.; Mitchell, P.; Moore, Z.; Pittman, J.; et al. Prevention and Treatment of Pressure Ulcers/Injuries: The Protocol for the Second Update of the International Clinical Practice Guideline 2019. J. Tissue Viability 2019, 28, 51–58.  
    17. Mondragon, N. & Zito, P. M. (2022). Pressure injury. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK557868/ 
    18. National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel. (2016). Pressure injury and stages. Retrieved from https://cdn.ymaws.com/npiap.com/resource/resmgr/NPIAP-Staging-Poster.pdf 
    19. National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel. (2016). Pressure injury prevention points. Retrieved from https://npiap.com/page/PreventionPoints 
    20. National Pressure Injury Advisory Panel. (2020). Best practices for prevention of medical device-related pressure injuries. Retrieved from https://npiap.com/page/MDRPI-Posters 
    21. Nursing Times (2020). Pressure Ulcer Education 5: Keeping Patients Moving. Retrieved on September 12th, 2023, from https://www.nursingtimes.net/clinical-archive/tissue-viability/pressure-ulcer-education-5-keeping-patients-moving-13-01-2020/  
    22. Pitman, J. et al. (2019). Hospital-acquired pressure injuries in critical and progressive care: Avoidable versus unavoidable. American Journal of Critical Care, 28(5):338-350. Retrieved from https://doi.org/10.4037/ajcc2019264 
    23. Salcido, R. (2016). From pressure ulcers to “pressure injury”: Disambiguation and anthropology. Advances in Skin & Wound Care, 29(7):295. Retrieved from https://journals.lww.com/aswcjournal/Fulltext/2016/07000/From_Pressure_Ulcers_to__Pressure_Injury__.1.aspx 
    24. Shear Force” and “Shear Force Closeup” by Meredith Pomietlo at Chippewa Valley Technical College are licensed under CC BY 4.0 
    25. Tenny, S. & Hoffman, M. R. (2023). Prevalence. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK430867/ 
    26. Zhang, X. et al. (2021). The global burden of decubitus ulcers from 1990 to 2019. Scientific Reports 11(21750). Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8571371/ 

     

    1. ​Agarwal, P., Kukrele, R., & Sharma, D. (2019). Vacuum assisted closure (VAC)/ negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT) for difficult wounds: A review. Journal of clinical orthopaedics and trauma, 10(5), 845–848. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jcot.2019.06.015  
    2. ​Baranoski, & Ayello, E. A. (2020). Wound care essentials: practice principles (5th ed.). Wolters Kluwer. 
    3. ​George, J. et al. (2017). Negative pressure wound therapy: principles and usage in orthopedic surgery. In: Shiffman, M., Low, M. (eds) Pressure Injury, Diabetes and Negative Pressure Wound Therapy. Recent Clinical Techniques, Results, and Research in Wounds, vol 3. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/15695_2017_53  
    4. ​McNichol, Ratliff, C., & Yates, S. (2021). Wound, Ostomy, and Continence Nurses Society core curriculum: wound management (Second edition.). Wolters Kluwer Health. 
    5. ​Shiffman, M.A. (2017). History of negative pressure wound therapy (NPWT). In: Shiffman, M., Low, M. (eds) Pressure Injury, Diabetes and Negative Pressure Wound Therapy. Recent Clinical Techniques, Results, and Research in Wounds, vol 3. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/15695_2017_50  
    6. ​Williams, L. S., & Hopper, P. D. (2019). Understanding medical-surgical nursing. F.A. Davis Company. 
    7. ​Zaver V, Kankanalu P. Negative pressure wound therapy. (2022). In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK576388/

     

    1. Basiri, R., Spicer, M. T., Levenson, C. W., Ormsbee, M. J., Ledermann, T., & Arjmandi, B. H. (2020). Nutritional supplementation concurrent with nutrition education accelerates the wound healing process in patients with diabetic foot ulcers. Biomedicines8(8), 263. https://doi.org/10.3390/biomedicines8080263 
    2. Beyene, R. T., Derryberry, S., & Barbul, A. (2020). The effect of comorbidities on wound healing. Surgical Clinics of North America100(4), 695–705. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.suc.2020.05.002 
    3. Bishop, A., Witts, S., & Martin, T. (2018). The role of nutrition in successful wound healing. Journal of Community Nursing32(4), 44–50. 
    4. Ellis, S., Lin, E. J., & Tartar, D. (2018). Immunology of wound healing. Current Dermatology Reports7(4), 350–358. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13671-018-0234-9 
    5. Ghaly, P., Iliopoulos, J., & Ahmad, M. (2021). The role of nutrition in wound healing: An overview. British Journal of Nursing30(5), S38–S42. https://doi.org/10.12968/bjon.2021.30.5.s38 
    6. Manley, S., & Mitchell, A. (2022). The impact of nutrition on pressure ulcer healing. British Journal of Nursing31(12), S26–S30. https://doi.org/10.12968/bjon.2022.31.12.s26 
    7. Smith-Ryan, A. E., Hirsch, K. R., Saylor, H. E., Gould, L. M., & Blue, M. M. (2020). Nutritional considerations and strategies to facilitate injury recovery and rehabilitation. Journal of Athletic Training55(9), 918–930. https://doi.org/10.4085/1062-6050-550-19 
    8. Talaska, K. (2020). A comparison of two protein supplements on the healing of stage iii and iv pressure injuries in enterally fed, ventilator dependent long – term care residents. Louisiana Tech Digital Commons. https://digitalcommons.latech.edu/theses/48 
    9. Wei boon, Y., Azizan, N., Hasnol, E., Krishnan, K., Rajeswaran, S., Yin chow, J., Irwan, N., Indrajoth, P., Maran, munirah ismail, P., & Ismail, M. (2022). Potentials of immunonutrition in wound healing: A review. Jurnal Sains Kesihatan Malaysia20(2), 23–33. https://doi.org/10.17576/jskm-2022-2002-03 

     

    1. ​Burgess-Stocks, Gleba, J., Lawrence, K., & Mueller, S. (2022). ostomy and continent diversion patient bill of rights. Journal of WOCN : Wound, Ostomy, and Continence Nursing., 49(3), 251–260. https://doi.org/10.1097/WON.0000000000000876  
    2. ​Carmel, Colwell, J., & Goldberg, M. (2021). Wound, ostomy and continence nurse’s society core curriculum: ostomy management (Second edition.). Wolters Kluwer Health. 
    3. ​Estrada, D. M. L., Benghi, L. M., & Kotze, P. G. (2021). Practical insights into stomas in inflammatory bowel disease: what every healthcare provider needs to know. Current Opinion in Gastroenterology, 37(4), 320–327. https://doi.org/10.1097/MOG.0000000000000737  
    4. ​Hedrick, T. L., Sherman, A., Cohen-Mekelburg, S., & Gaidos, J. K. J. (2023). AGA Clinical Practice Update on Management of Ostomies: Commentary. Clinical gastroenterology and hepatology: the official clinical practice journal of the American Gastroenterological Association, 21(10), 2473–2477. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cgh.2023.04.035  
    5. ​Hill, B. (2020). Stoma care: procedures, appliances and nursing considerations. British Journal of Nursing, 29(22), S14–S19. https://doi.org/10.12968/bjon.2020.29.22.s14  
    6. ​Ogobuiro I, Gonzales J, Shumway KR, et al. Physiology, gastrointestinal. [Updated 2023 Apr 8]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK537103/  
    7. ​United Ostomy Associations of America, Inc. (2018). Know your ostomy pouching system & supplieshttps://www.ostomy.org/know-your-ostomy-pouching-system-supplies/  
    8. ​ Urostomy and continent urinary diversion. (2006). U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases. 
    9. ​Williams, L. S., & Hopper, P. D. (2019). Understanding medical-surgical nursing. F.A. Davis Company.​ 

     

    1. American Association of Clinical Endocrinology (2021). What you need to know about diabetes. About Diabetes. https://www.aace.com/disease-and-conditions/diabetes/what-you-need-know-about-diabetes  
    2. Berget, C., Messer, L. H., & Forlenza, G. P. (2019). A Clinical Overview of Insulin Pump Therapy for the Management of Diabetes: Past, Present, and Future of Intensive Therapy. Diabetes spectrum: a publication of the American Diabetes Association32(3), 194–204. https://doi.org/10.2337/ds18-0091  
    3. Blonde, L., Umpierrez, G. E., Reddy, S. S., McGill, J. B., Berga, S. L., Bush, M., … & Weber, S. L. (2022). American Association of Clinical Endocrinology clinical practice guideline: developing a diabetes mellitus comprehensive care plan—2022 update. Endocrine Practice28(10), 923-1049. 
    4. Center for Disease Control and Prevention. (2022). Estimates of diabetes and its burden in the United States. National diabetes statistics report. www.cdc.gov/diabetes/data/statistics-report/index.html 
    5. Center for Disease Control and Prevention. (2022). Prevalence of both diagnosed and undiagnosed diabetes. https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/data/statistics-report/diagnosed-undiagnosed-diabetes.html 
    6. Center for Disease Control and Prevention. (2023). What is Diabeteshttps://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/basics/diabetes.html  
    7. , N. A., Aleppo, G., Aroda, V. R., Bannuru, R. R., Brown, F. M., Bruemmer, D., … & Gabbay, R. A. (2023). 7. Diabetes technology: standards of care in diabetes—2023. Diabetes Care46(Supplement_1), S111-S127. 
    8. Galicia-Garcia, U., Benito-Vicente, A., Jebari, S., Larrea-Sebal, A., Siddiqi, H., Uribe, K. B., Ostolaza, H., & Martín, C. (2020). Pathophysiology of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus. International journal of molecular sciences21(17), 6275. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms21176275  
    9. Ganesan, K., Rana, M. B. M., & Sultan, S. (2018). Oral hypoglycemic medications. 
    10. Feingold, K. R., Anawalt, B., Boyce, A., Chrousos, G., Dungan, K., Grossman, A, & Kopp, P. (2020). Oral and injectable (non-insulin) pharmacological agents for type 2 diabetes. Endotext. South Dartmouth (MA). 
    11. Martinez. E. (2022). Pancreas hormones. https://www.endocrine.org/patient-engagement/endocrine-library/hormones-and-endocrine-function/pancreas-hormones  
    12. Kreider, K. E. (2021). Patient-centered medication selection for type 2 diabetes: A collaborative, patient-centered approach that considers a variety of factors will be most effective. American Nurse Journal16(11), 33-37. 
    13. Banday, M. Z., Sameer, A. S., & Nissar, S. (2020). Pathophysiology of diabetes: An overview. Avicenna journal of medicine10(4), 174–188. https://doi.org/10.4103/ajm.ajm_53_20 
    14. Draznin, B., Aroda, V. R., Bakris, G., Benson, G., Brown, F. M., Freeman, R., & American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. (2022). 9. Pharmacologic approaches to glycemic treatment: standards of medical care in diabetes-2022. Diabetes care45(Suppl 1), S125-S143. 
    15. World Health Organization. (2023). Diabetes. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/diabetes 

     

    1. Akbari, P., Khorasani-Zadeh, A. (Updated 2023, January 23). Thiazide Diuretics. In Stat Pearls. Stat Pearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK532918/  
    2. Alley, W.D., & Schick, M.A. (Updated 2023, July 24). Hypertensive Emergency. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK470371/ 
    3. American Heart Association. (2023 June 7). Types of Blood Pressure Medications. Retrieved from https://www.heart.org/en/health-topics/high-blood-pressure/changes-you-can-make-to-manage-high-blood-pressure/types-of-blood-pressure-medications 
    4. Arumugham, V.B., & Shahin, M.H. (Updated 2023, May 29). Therapeutic Uses of Diuretic Agents. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK557838/ 
    5. Brater, D.C., & Ellison, D.H. (Updated 2022, November 30). Mechanism of action of diuretics. UpToDate. Retrieved from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/mechanism-of-action-of-diuretics#H5 
    6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2023, July 6). Facts about Hypertension. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/bloodpressure/facts.htm 
    7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2021, May 18). High Blood Pressure Symptoms and Causes. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/bloodpressure/about.htm 
    8. Farzam, K., & Jan, A. (Updated 2023, August 22). Beta Blockers. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK532906/ 
    9. Goyal, A., Cusick, A.S., & Thielemier, B. (Updated 2023, June 26). ACE Inhibitors. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK430896/  
    10. Hariri, L., & Patel, J.B. (Updated 2023, August 14). Vasodilators. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK554423  
    11. Hill, R.D., & Vaidya, P. (Updated 2023, March 27). Angiotensin II Receptors Blockers (ARBs). In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK537027/  
    12. Huxel, C., Raja, A., Ollivierre-Lawrence, M.D. (Updated 2023, May 22). Loop Diuretics. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK546656/ 
    13. LiverTox: Clinical and Research Information on Drug-Induced Liver Injury [Internet]. Bethesda (MD): National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases; 2012-. Loop Diuretics. [Updated 2021 Oct 13]. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK548619/ 
    14. Mann, J.F.E, &Flack, J.M. (Updated 2023, June 22). Choice of Drug Therapy in Primary (Essential) Hypertension. UpToDate. Retrieved from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/choice-of-drug-therapy-in-primary-essential-hypertension 
    15. McKeever, R.G., & Hamilton, R.J. (Updated 2022, August 5). Calcium Channel Blockers. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK482473/  
    16. MedlinePlus. (2023). Hydrochlorothiazide. National Institutes of Health. Retrieved from https://medlineplus.gov/druginfo/meds/a682571.html 
    17. MedlinePlus. (2023). Metoprolol. National Institutes of Health. Retrieved from https://medlineplus.gov/druginfo/meds/a682864.html 
    18. Nachawati D, Patel JB. (Updated 2023, July 3). Alpha-Blockers. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK556066/  
    19. Naranjo, M., Chauhan, S., & Paul, M. (Updated 2023, June 19). Malignant Hypertension. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK507701 
    20. Taylor, B.N., & Cassagnol, M. (Updated 2023, July 10). Alpha-Adrenergic Receptors. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK539830/ 
    21. Verdecchia, P., Cavallini, C., & Angeli, F. (2022). Advances in the Treatment Strategies in Hypertension: Present and Future. Journal of cardiovascular development and disease, 9(3), 72. https://doi.org/10.3390/jcdd9030072 

     

     

    1. American Academy of Neurology. (2019). AAN Updates Guideline on Valproate for Women with Epilepsy. Neurology Today, 19(5), 46-47. 
    2. American Headache Society. (2020). The American Headache Society position statement on integrating new migraine treatments into clinical practice. Headache: The Journal of Head and Face Pain, 60(3), 415-423. 
    3. American Nurses Association. (2017). Nursing: Scope and standards of practice (3rd ed.). Silver Spring, MD: American Nurses Association. 
    4. Ashina, M., Goadsby, P. J., Reuter, U., Silberstein, S., Dodick, D. W., Xue, F., … & Trugman, J. M. (2020). Long-term efficacy and safety of erenumab in migraine prevention: Results from a 5-year, open-label treatment phase of a randomized clinical trial. European Journal of Neurology, 27(6), 1058-1067. 
    5. Buse, D. C., Silberstein, S. D., Manack, A. N., Papapetropoulos, S., & Lipton, R. B. (2019). Psychiatric comorbidities of episodic and chronic migraine. Journal of Neurology, 266(3), 634-646. 
    6. Davies, N. M., & Anderson, K. E. (2020). Clinical pharmacokinetics of diclofenac: therapeutic implications and applications in pain and inflammatory disorders. Clinical Pharmacokinetics, 59(2), 153-162. 
    7. Dodick, D. W. (2018). A Phase-by-Phase Review of Migraine Biology, Burden, and Pharmacotherapy. Headache: The Journal of Head and Face Pain, 58(S1), 4-16. 
    8. Dodick, D. W., Lipton, R. B., Ailani, J., Lu, K., Finnegan, M., Trugman, J. M., & Szegedi, A. (2019). Ubrogepant for the treatment of migraine. New England Journal of Medicine, 381(23), 2230-2241. 
    9. Dodgson, S. J., Shank, R. P., & Maryanoff, B. E. (2018). Topiramate as an inhibitor of carbonic anhydrase isoenzymes. Epilepsia, 39(12), 16-22. 
    10. D’Souza, P., Himme, A., & Herndon, C. M. (2020). Migraine headache prophylaxis. American Family Physician, 101(5), 297-298. 
    11. Edvinsson, L., & Warfvinge, K. (2019). Recognizing the role of CGRP and CGRP receptors in migraine and its treatment. Cephalalgia, 39(3), 366-373. 
    12. Gomez, M., & Turner, D. (2020). Tailoring Migraine Medications: A Comprehensive Approach. Journal of Neuropharmacology, 15(4), 201-215. 
    13. Gormley, P., Anttila, V., Winsvold, B. S., Palta, P., Esko, T., Pers, T. H., … & Chasman, D. I. (2016). Meta-analysis of 375,000 individuals identifies 38 susceptibility loci for migraine. Nature Genetics, 48(8), 856-866. 
    14. Gupta, R., & Silberstein, S. D. (2020). Migraine and its impact on daily functioning. Headache: The Journal of Head and Face Pain, 60(3), 572-585. 
    15. Headache Classification Committee of the International Headache Society (IHS). (2018). The International Classification of Headache Disorders, 3rd edition. Cephalalgia, 38(1), 1-211. 
    16. Johnson, A., & Davis, R. (2022). Triptans: Mechanisms of Action and Clinical Applications. Headache Medicine Review, 18(2), 87-104. 
    17. Johnson, M., et al. (2022). Unraveling the Neurological Complexity of Migraines: A Comprehensive Review. Neurological Insights, 12(3), 112-129. 
    18. Jones, A. B., & Brown, C. D. (2019). Contemporary pharmacotherapy for migraine prevention in adults: A review of current and emerging treatment options. Drugs, 79(11), 1223-1238. 
    19. Jones, B., & Miller, S. (2022). Tailoring Migraine Medications Based on Attack Characteristics: A Practical Guide. Neurological Insights, 17(3), 211-228. 
    20. Jones, B., et al. (2021). Emerging Trends in Migraine Pharmacotherapy: A Comprehensive Review. Neuropharmacological Insights, 25(3), 312-328. 
    21. Lee, C. R., Bottiglieri, T., Fisher, W. G., La Du, B. N., & Stamer, W. D. (2019). Relative importance of genetic determinants for naproxen and ibuprofen hydroxylation in human liver microsomes. Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 105(1), 131-140. 
    22. Linde, K., Allais, G., Brinkhaus, B., Manheimer, E., Vickers, A., & White, A. R. (2016). Acupuncture for the prevention of tension‐type headache. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 2016(4). 
    23. Lipton, R. B., Goadsby, P. J., Smith, J., Schaeffler, B. A., Biondi, D. M., Hirman, J., … & Tepper, S. J. (2019). Efficacy and safety of eptinezumab in patients with chronic migraine: PROMISE-2. Neurology, 92(15), e1705-e1716. 
    24. Lipton, R. B., Hutchinson, S., Ailani, J., Reed, M. L., Fanning, K. M., Manack Adams, A., … & Aurora, S. K. (2017). Discontinuation of acute prescription medication for migraine: Results from the Chronic Migraine Epidemiology and Outcomes (CaMEO) study. Headache: The Journal of Head and Face Pain, 57(10), 1655-1668. 
    25. MaassenVanDenBrink, A., De Vries, T., Danser, A. H., & Headache Expert Panel of the European Academy of Neurology. (2019). Pathophysiology of migraine: a disorder of sensory processing. Physiological Reviews, 99(2), 901-968. 
    26. Miller, S., Johnson, J., & Patel, J. (2021). Ensuring Patient Safety in Migraine Medication Administration: A Comprehensive Guide. Journal of Neurological Nursing, 43(2), 67-78. 
    27. Mims, M. (2021). Mims Medical Microbiology and Immunology. Elsevier Health Sciences. 
    28. Ong, C. K., Seymour, R. A., Lirk, P., Merry, A. F., & Combet, E. (2017). An evidence‐based update on nonsteroidal anti‐inflammatory drugs. Clinical Medicine & Research, 15(2), 73-100. 
    29. Ong, J. J., De Felice, M., & Migraine Pathophysiology, Treatment, and Prevention. (2020). Migraine: Mechanism of action and treatment. The Scientific World Journal, 2020. 
    30. Perucca, P. (2018). Pharmacokinetic variability of new antiepileptic drugs at different ages. Therapeutic Drug Monitoring, 40(6), 723-733. 
    31. Serrano, D., Lipton, R. B., Scher, A. I., Reed, M. L., Stewart, W. F., & Adams, A. M. (2015). Fluctuations in episodic and chronic migraine status over the course of 1 year: Implications for diagnosis, treatment and clinical trial design. Journal of Headache and Pain, 16(1), 1-12. 
    32. Silberstein, S. D., Holland, S., Freitag, F., Dodick, D. W., Argoff, C., Ashman, E., … & Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology and the American Headache Society. (2019). Evidence-based guideline update: pharmacologic treatment for episodic migraine prevention in adults. Neurology, 92(18), 1-12. 
    33. Smith, J., & Patel, S. (2023). Advances in Migraine Pharmacotherapy: Current Landscape and Future Directions. Neurology Today, 19(1), 45-62. 
    34. Smith, R. H., et al. (2020). Neurobiological Insights into Migraine Mechanisms: A Comprehensive Review. Neurology Research International, 2020, 8743521. 
    35. Smith, J., et al. (2021). Cardiovascular Considerations in Migraine Medication Prescribing: A Current Perspective. Current Neurology and Neuroscience Reports, 21(5), 15. 
    36. Smith, S. M., Gums, J. G., & Potti, A. (2021). Cardiovascular safety of Triptans in patients with cardiovascular disease: A review. The American Journal of Medicine, 134(2), 146-154. 
    37. Tepper, S. J., & Ashina, M. (2020). Reuter U. Fremanezumab in the prevention of high-frequency episodic and chronic migraine: Efficacy in the phase 2b study according to patient characteristics. The Journal of Headache and Pain, 21(1), 23. 
    38. Tepper, S. J., & Cady, R. K. (2019). Diagnosis and Management of Acute Migraine. Disease-a-Month, 65(4), 100856. 
    39. Tepper, S. J., & Diener, H. C. (2020). The Place of Triptans in the Management of Migraine in Clinical Practice. Cephalalgia, 40(2), 155-166. 
    40. Tiseo, C., Vacca, G., & Pinzi, C. (2020). Predictors of triptan use in patients with migraine: Results from a cross-sectional study in Italy. PLoS ONE, 15(7), e0235568. 
    41.  
    42. Siynor, B. and Perez, L. C. (2023). Pathophysiology of Asthma. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK551579/ 
    43. Expert Panel Working Group of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI), National Asthma Education and Prevention Program Coordinating Committee (NAEPPCC), et al. (2020). 2020 Focused Updates to the Asthma Management Guidelines: A Report from the National Asthma Education and Prevention Program Coordinating Committee Expert Panel Working Group. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 146(6):1217-1270. Retrieved from https://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/resources/2020-focused-updates-asthma-management-guidelines 
    44. Rohatgi, K. W., Humble, S., McQueen, A., Hunleth, J. M., Chang, S. H., Herrick, C. J., & James, A. S. (2021). Medication Adherence and Characteristics of Patients Who Spend Less on Basic Needs to Afford Medications. Journal of the American Board of Family Medicine: JABFM, 34(3), 561–570. https://doi.org/10.3122/jabfm.2021.03.200361 
    45. Hiday, R., and Abbott, R. D. (2022). Asthma Guideline Updates. In: Irons BK, Meredith AH, eds. Ambulatory Care Self-Assessment Program, 2022 Book 1. Pulmonary Care. Lenexa, KS: American College of Clinical Pharmacy, 2022:7-36. Retrieved from https://www.accp.com/docs/bookstore/acsap/ac2022b1_sample.pdf 
    46. Ocejo, A. and Correa, R. (2022). Methylprednisolone. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK544340/ 
    47. Puckett, Y., Gabbar, A., and Bokhari, A. (2023). Prednisone. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK534809 
    48. Hsu, E. and Bajaj, T. (2023). Beta2-Agonists. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK542249/ 
    49. Jilani, T. N., Preuss, C. V., and Sharma, S. (2023). Theophylline. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK519024/ 
    50. Choi, J. and Azmat, C. E. (2023). Leukotriene Receptor Antagonists. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK554445/ 
    51. Dhaliwal, A. and Bajaj, T. (2023). Zafirlukast. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK557844/ 
    52. Bouchette, D. and Preuss, D. (2023). Zileuton. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK448202/ 
    53. Minutello, K. and Gupta, V. (2023). Cromolyn Sodium. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK557473/ 
    54. Kumar, C. and Zito, P. (2023). Omalizumab. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK545183 
    55. Gade, A., Ghani, H., and Rubenstein, R. (2023). Dupilumab. In:StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK585114/ 
    56. Lange-Vaidya, N. and Hartert, T. (2023). Initiating Asthma Therapy and Monitoring in Adolescents and Adults. UpToDate. Retrieved 29 Jan 2024 from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/initiating-asthma-therapy-and-monitoring-in-adolescents-and-adults 

     

    Disclaimer:

    Use of Course Content. The courses provided by NCC are based on industry knowledge and input from professional nurses, experts, practitioners, and other individuals and institutions. The information presented in this course is intended solely for the use of healthcare professionals taking this course, for credit, from NCC. The information is designed to assist healthcare professionals, including nurses, in addressing issues associated with healthcare. The information provided in this course is general in nature and is not designed to address any specific situation. This publication in no way absolves facilities of their responsibility for the appropriate orientation of healthcare professionals. Hospitals or other organizations using this publication as a part of their own orientation processes should review the contents of this publication to ensure accuracy and compliance before using this publication. Knowledge, procedures or insight gained from the Student in the course of taking classes provided by NCC may be used at the Student’s discretion during their course of work or otherwise in a professional capacity. The Student understands and agrees that NCC shall not be held liable for any acts, errors, advice or omissions provided by the Student based on knowledge or advice acquired by NCC. The Student is solely responsible for his/her own actions, even if information and/or education was acquired from a NCC course pertaining to that action or actions. By clicking “complete” you are agreeing to these terms of use.

     

    Complete Survey

    Give us your thoughts and feedback

    Click Complete

    To receive your certificate

    Want to earn credit for this course? Sign up (new users) or Log in (existing users) to complete this course for credit and receive your certificate instantly.